SCHULTZ SAV O STORES INC
10-K405, 1999-03-31
GROCERY STORES
Previous: SBL VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT 1, 24F-2NT, 1999-03-31
Next: SCHULTZ SAV O STORES INC, DEF 14A, 1999-03-31





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
         (Mark One)
         X        ANNUAL  REPORT   PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE
                  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  ACT OF 1934 For the  fiscal  year  ended
                  January 2, 1999.

                                       OR

         __       TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d) OF THE
                  SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  For the transition period from __________ to __________

                          Commission file number 0-549

                           SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.
                            (Exact name of registrant
                          as specified in its charter)

              Wisconsin                                       39-0600405
     (State or other jurisdiction                          (I.R.S. Employer
  of incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)

           2215 Union Avenue
          Sheboygan, Wisconsin                                  53081
(Address of principal executive offices)                     (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (920) 457-4433

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:             None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                 Title of Class

                          Common Stock, $0.05 par value

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days:
                        Yes  X                  No ___

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ X ]

Aggregate market value of voting stock held by  non-affiliates of the registrant
as of March 24, 1999: $97,181,105*.

Number of shares  outstanding of the  registrant's  Common Stock as of March 24,
1999: 6,560,179.

PORTIONS OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE:

      1998 Annual Report to Shareholders  (incorporated  by reference into Parts
      II and IV to the extent indicated therein).

      Definitive  Proxy Statement for 1999 annual meeting of shareholders (to be
      filed with the Commission  under  Regulation 14A within 120 days after the
      end  of  the  registrant's  fiscal  year  and,  upon  such  filing,  to be
      incorporated by reference into Part III to the extent indicated therein).

- - ---------------

*  Only  excludes  shares  benefically  owned by  directors  and officers of the
   registrant

<PAGE>


                                                           
                                     PART I

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

       We make certain  "forward-looking  statements" in this Form 10-K, such as
statements  about our future  plans,  goals and other  events  that have not yet
occurred. We intend that these statements will qualify for the safe harbors from
liability provided by the Private Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You
can generally  identify these  forward-looking  statements  because we use words
such as we "believe," "anticipate," "expect" or similar words when we make them.
Whether or not these  forward-looking  statements will be accurate in the future
will depend on certain risks, including risks associated with:

       o      the presence of intense competition in our marketplace;

       o      our ability to  identify  and  develop  new market  locations  for
              expansion purposes;

       o      our  ability  to  obtain  reasonable  vendor  marketing  funds for
              promotional purposes;

       o      our information technology requirements;

       o      the continued absence of food price inflation;

       o      our  ability to  continue  to  recruit,  train and retain  quality
              franchise and corporate retail store operators; and

       o      the potential  recognition of repositioning charges resulting from
              potential   closures,   conversions  or   consolidations   of  our
              franchised and corporate  stores,  whether due to the  competitive
              nature of our  industry,  to the  quality  of our  franchised  and
              corporate retail store operators or to other factors.

You should  consider  these  risks and factors and the impact they may have when
you evaluate our forward-looking statements. We make these statements based only
on our  knowledge  and  expectations  on the date of this Form 10-K. We will not
necessarily update these statements or other information in this Form 10-K based
on future events or  circumstances.  Please read this entire Form 10-K to better
understand our business and the risks associated with our operations.

Item 1.   Business.

General

       Schultz Sav-O Stores,  Inc. is engaged in  distributing  food and related
products at wholesale  and retail.  As of January 2, 1999,  we franchised 68 and
owned 18 retail  supermarkets  under the Piggly Wiggly (R) name. While we have a
presence in some larger metropolitan areas, we have attempted to develop a niche
for  serving  the food  shopping  needs of  customers  in smaller  and  suburban
communities within our market areas.

       We are the primary  supplier  to our 86  franchised  and  corporate-owned
Piggly  Wiggly  supermarkets.  We also  serve as a  wholesaler  to a  number  of
smaller,  independently  operated retail  supermarkets and convenience stores in
our market areas.

       We believe that we have established ourselves as a niche food marketer in
small to  mid-size  markets  by  delivering  the  product  variety,  quality  of
perishable products,  pricing and promotional programs  traditionally found only
in large metropolitan  markets. As a hybrid of retailer and wholesaler,  we have
created a "virtual  chain" of retail  stores  served by a  vertically-integrated
wholesaler.  In 1998, our virtual chain had approximately $730 million 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

in retail sales.  Virtually all Piggly Wiggly supermarkets,  both franchised and
owned,  participate  in a  single,  coordinated  merchandising  and  advertising
program which typically includes:

       o      a weekly newspaper ad insert;

       o      outdoor boards;

       o      television and radio spots;

       o      sponsorship of entertainment and charitable events; and

       o      our Piggly Wiggly Preferred Club (R) Card program.

       We  believe  that this  coordinated  program  allows us to  leverage  the
combined  buying power of all our franchised and corporate  stores and deliver a
powerful  and  effective   promotional  vehicle  for  our  participating  vendor
partners.  Additionally,  we believe that we provide our franchised  stores with
cost-effective  administrative  support  services and financial  resources  that
enable  the  operation  of  efficient,   contemporary  supermarkets,  while  the
independent  retail  ownership of our franchisees  provides the  entrepreneurial
spirit  and  community  involvement  that  we  believe  is an  integral  part of
marketing in smaller  markets.  The  successful  combination  of these  elements
creates the partnership between us and our franchisee  retailers that results in
a virtual chain of  coordinated  and  integrated  retail food  distribution.  By
operating  as a  virtual  chain,  we are able to  achieve  superior  performance
compared  to  traditional  wholesalers,  yet avoid  having to make large  direct
capital  investments  at the retail level to grow our business.  The  franchisee
retailer, as part of the virtual chain, benefits from lower cost of products and
the coordinated promotional activity normally associated only with larger retail
grocery  chains.  We believe  that this  structure  enables us to  leverage  the
favorable  elements  of both a  wholesaler  and a  retailer,  giving  us and our
franchisees  a  unique  advantage  in our  marketplace.  We  believe  that  this
advantage has been a key component in our success over the past few years as the
virtual chain concept has evolved.

       We  supply  a  variety  of  products  to  our  franchised  and  corporate
supermarkets  and other  wholesale  customers,  primarily from our warehouse and
distribution center in Sheboygan,  Wisconsin. We also provide our franchised and
corporate  supermarkets  and other  customers  with fresh,  frozen and processed
meat,  eggs  and deli  products  from a  third-party  distribution  facility  in
Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Through arrangements with several vendors, we also offer a
line of carbonated  soft drinks,  fruit drinks and drinking and distilled  water
under our Springtime (TM) label.

       We are a  Wisconsin  corporation  organized  in  1912  and  maintain  our
corporate headquarters at 2215 Union Avenue, Sheboygan, Wisconsin 53081. You can
visit our internet website at http://www.shopthepig.com.

Wholesale Operations

       For several  years,  we have  emphasized  our more  profitable  wholesale
distribution  business and the associated refinement of our franchise store base
which, combined with our unique marketing and merchandising program, has created
an effective and efficient virtual chain.

         We believe  that one of the  competitive  advantages  we provide to our
franchised   supermarkets   through  our   "virtual   chain"   strategy  is  our
value-oriented  customer merchandising and community-specific  marketing support
program,  pursuant to which  franchisees  participate  with corporate  stores in
systemwide  promotions  and other  merchandising  events.  Through a variety  of
partnering,  merchandising  and marketing  programs,  we benefit our franchisees
through additional sales resulting from heightened consumer name recognition and
in-store  merchandising  programs,  combined with special  promotional  pricing.
Additional services that we provide to our franchisees include:


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

              o      retail accounting;

              o      preparation of store payrolls;

              o      preparation   of  print,   electronic   and  outdoor  media
                     advertising (including various point- of-sale materials);

              o      assistance   in  the   selection   and  analysis  of  store
                     locations;

              o      financing and lease negotiations;

              o      store design and floor layout;

              o      merchandising planning;

              o      equipment selection and sourcing;

              o      engineering and architectural services;

              o      retail technology implementation and support;

              o      labor planning and scheduling; and

              o      product category supervision.

We provide some of these services as part of the franchise  relationship,  while
other services are provided under a separate fee  arrangement  intended to cover
our costs.

       As  part  of   implementing   our  corporate   strategy  to  improve  the
profitability  of  our  corporate  retail   operations,   we  continue  to  seek
opportunities to expand and acquire  corporate and franchise  stores, to convert
or close underperforming stores and to enter new markets. In 1998, we opened one
new market  franchise  store,  replaced  one older  franchise  store,  completed
expansions  of two existing  franchise  stores and  consolidated  two  franchise
stores serving the same market. In aggregate,  the total number of franchise and
corporate  stores  remained  at 86 at the end of 1998,  but total  store  square
footage  increased  by  approximately  65,000  square  feet.  In early 1999,  we
completed the  consolidation  of two  additional  franchise  stores and replaced
another  franchise store.  Renovations and expansions  continue at six franchise
operations.  These  renovations  involve four  expansions of existing  franchise
stores, one replacement  franchise unit and development of one new market store.
These  projects are expected to increase the square  footage of selling space at
such stores by an average of approximately 40%.

       The  following  table  shows our  development  of,  and  changes  in, our
franchised and corporate retail supermarkets for the periods presented:


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                   Franchise Supermarkets                  Corporate Supermarkets
                                ====================================  ======================================

Number of                        1994    1995   1996   1997    1998    1994   1995   1996    1997   1998
Supermarkets                     ----    ----   ----   ----    ----    ----   ----   ----    ----   ----
- - ------------

<S>                               <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>
Beginning of Year                 64      65     66     68      68      21     20     19      16     18

New Market Supermarkets(a)        --       1      1      1       1      --     --     --       1     --

Replacement Supermarkets(b)        1       3      2      1       1      --     --     --      --      1

Converted to/from Franchise(c)     1      --      1     (1)     --      (1)    --     (1)      1     --

Terminated Operations(d)          (1)     (3)    (2)    (2)     (2)     --     (1)    (2)     --     (1)

New Franchises(e)                 --      --     --      1      --      --     --     --      --     --

End of Year                       65      66     68     68      68      20     19     16      18     18
                                  ==      ==     ==     ==      ==      ==     ==     ==      ==     ==
Remodeled Supermarkets(f)          5       6      1      3       2      --     --     --      --     --

- - ---------------

(a)      New market  supermarkets are newly  constructed  supermarkets in market
         areas not recently served by us.
(b)      Replacement  supermarkets  are  newly  constructed  supermarkets  whose
         opening  corresponds  with  the  closure  of  a  nearby  franchised  or
         corporate supermarket.
(c)      Supermarkets  that are converted from corporate to franchise  units, or
         vice versa,  are included as  reductions to  supermarket  totals in one
         category and corresponding additions to totals in the other category.
(d)      Terminated  operations represent  supermarkets that are no longer going
         concerns, including replaced supermarkets.
(e)      New franchises are additions to our franchise group, other than through
         conversion from corporate supermarkets.
(f)      Remodeled  supermarkets  represent  supermarkets  that  have  undergone
         substantial expansion and/or remodeling totaling at least $300,000.
</TABLE>

       For 1998, we reported record net earnings, net earnings per share and net
earnings  as a  percentage  of sales.  The  fourth  quarter of 1998 was our 24th
consecutive  quarter of earnings  increases over the prior year. The increase in
earnings  and  profitability  has been  principally  the result of expanded  and
improved operations.

       We are  the  primary  supplier  to all of our  franchised  and  corporate
supermarkets.  We also serve as a wholesaler to other smaller independent retail
stores in our  market  area,  accounting  for  approximately  2% of our 1998 net
sales.

       Franchisees  pay  us  fees,  determined  by the  retail  sales  of  their
supermarkets.  We do not charge an initial  fee to  franchisees  for  granting a
franchise.  Consistent with industry practice, in certain situations, we provide
credit  enhancements  to  certain  qualified  franchisees  by  (i)  leasing  the
franchisee's  supermarket premises and, in turn,  subleasing the premises to the
franchisee   and/or  (ii)  guaranteeing  a  portion  of  the  franchisee's  bank
borrowings.

       As a  result  of an  amendment  to our  Piggly  Wiggly  Master  Franchise
Agreement entered into in June 1998, we have expanded our franchise territory to
include  additional  counties in Wisconsin,  Illinois and  Michigan,  as well as
portions of Iowa and  Minnesota.  We now have  exclusive  rights to grant Piggly
Wiggly franchises in:

              o      the entire state of Wisconsin;

              o      the upper peninsula of Michigan;

              o      designated counties in northern Illinois;


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

              o      designated counties in southeastern Minnesota; and

              o      designated counties in eastern Iowa.

We believe that the increase in our franchise  territory will provide additional
opportunities  for us to pursue our plans to expand the areas that we serve as a
food wholesaler and retailer. Our franchise rights are of unlimited duration and
are not subject to any specific  termination  provision.  We are not required to
pay franchise fees to the current franchisor in the market areas we were able to
serve  prior to June  1998.  In the new  territories  in  Wisconsin,  Minnesota,
Michigan,  Iowa and Illinois,  we are required to pay franchise  fees.  The only
other material  obligation imposed on us in our expanded franchise  territory is
that the  supermarkets  operated under the Piggly Wiggly and certain other names
must comply with the  standards  imposed on  supermarkets  in the Piggly  Wiggly
system.  We believe that our own franchised and corporate store standards exceed
the Piggly Wiggly system standards.

Retail Operations

       Our franchised and corporate supermarkets stock a comprehensive selection
of groceries,  frozen foods, prepared foods, fresh produce,  meat, poultry, eggs
and dairy  products.  Our  franchised and corporate  supermarkets  also allocate
display  space to non-food  items,  such as health and beauty aids,  housewares,
magazines and periodicals,  video cassette rentals, flowers and plants, greeting
cards and general merchandise. Our franchised and corporate supermarkets carry a
broad range of branded  merchandise and  private-label  product  alternatives to
branded  merchandise.  In general,  the  private-label  products  carried by our
franchised  and corporate  supermarkets  have lower selling  prices,  but higher
gross profit margins, than branded merchandise. Consistent with trends generally
within the  industry,  we continue to  experience  increases in retail  customer
demand for private-label  store brands and believe that our Topco-procured  line
of branded  private-label  products  is  satisfying  this  consumer  trend.  See
"Purchasing  and  Distribution."  Based on our internal  wholesale  price index,
inflation  did not have a  significant  effect on sales  between  1998 and 1997,
except with regard to tobacco products.

       1998 was our first full year with the Piggly  Wiggly  Preferred  Club (R)
Card, a customer-friendly,  card-based marketing program. We designed the Piggly
Wiggly Preferred Club Card to reward current customers and attract new customers
by offering  "clipless  coupons" on weekly  advertised  specials and "automatic"
savings on monthly  store  specials.  The card allows us to maintain a valuable,
integrated  database  that we use to  identify  our  best  customers  and  their
preferences  so that the virtual chain of stores can better serve its customers.
We will never  sell  customer-specific  information  in our data base for use by
third  parties.  The card also  doubles  as a  check-cashing  and  video  rental
identification card. Additionally, the Piggly Wiggly Preferred Club Card program
affords  the  ability  to  issue  point-of-sale  coupons  redeemable  on  future
purchases.  We  believe  that the  Piggly  Wiggly  Preferred  Club  Card and the
coordinated  marketing  and  merchandising  program  it  supports  will  be  key
components to our future growth.

       Our  franchised  supermarkets  range in size from  8,340  square  feet to
47,000  square  feet,  with an  average of 24,720  square  feet.  Our  corporate
supermarkets  range in size from 19,980 square feet to 54,850 square feet,  with
an  average  of  33,945  square  feet.  All  of  our  franchised  and  corporate
supermarkets  contain  several  perishable  or  specialty  service  departments,
including:

              o      fresh and processed meat;

              o      take-home entrees and snacks;

              o      fresh fruits and vegetables;

              o      fresh seafood;


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

              o      delicatessen;

              o      flowers and plants; and

              o      baked goods.

Several supermarkets also contain or provide one or more of the following:

              o      wine and spirit sales;

              o      video rentals;

              o      lottery sales;

              o      photo processing services;

              o      TicketMaster (R) ticket centers;

              o      in-house banking services;

              o      automated teller machines; and

              o      on-line debit and credit card check-out services.

       During  1998,  certain of our stores  continued  to fail to meet  certain
financial  performance  goals. We closed one such store during 1998 as part of a
consolidation  with another franchise  supermarket.  In order to further improve
our results of operations, we continue to evaluate various business alternatives
relating to our underperforming operations,  including the sale or conversion of
these stores, closing stores and implementing other operational changes.

Purchasing and Distribution

       We purchase groceries in sufficient volume to qualify for favorable price
brackets for most items.  We purchase  brand name grocery  merchandise  directly
from the manufacturers or processors and purchase produce, meat and seafood from
a variety of sources.  We purchase  substantially all of our private label items
and fresh meats through Topco  Associates,  Inc. Topco is a national  purchasing
cooperative whose  member-owners  consist of 30 regional  supermarket chains and
food services organizations who collectively operate approximately 2,200 stores.
According to Topco data, its  member-owners  accounted for  approximately 14% of
United States  grocery store sales volume in 1998.  In 1998,  purchases  through
Topco accounted for approximately 15% of our total inventory purchases.  We also
purchase  store  and  warehouse  equipment  and  supplies,  primarily  bags  and
packaging material,  through Topco.  Topco's size and purchasing power enable it
to  employ  large-volume,  low-cost  purchasing  techniques  on  behalf  of  its
member-owners.

       We and our  direct-contract,  third-party  distribution  center  supplied
approximately  79% of the products supplied to our stores in 1998. The remainder
were supplied by direct store delivery vendors.  We own our 364,000  square-foot
distribution center in Sheboygan, Wisconsin. With the exception of fresh, frozen
and processed meat,  eggs and deli products,  we distribute all products that we
supply from our  Sheboygan  facility.  While we perform the buying  function,  a
third-party  contractor  in  Milwaukee,   Wisconsin  performs  the  distribution
services for our meat operations.  We believe that this arrangement  provides us
with operating cost efficiencies and the ability to expand our wholesale product
offerings and better  satisfy  wholesale  customer  delivery  schedules  through
improved capacity.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>


       As described above under  "Wholesale  Operations," we believe that one of
our competitive advantages is the community-oriented  marketing programs that we
provide to  franchisees  as part of our "virtual  chain"  strategy.  Coordinated
weekly newspaper ad inserts,  high-visibility  outdoor billboard advertising and
television and radio advertising  stress the value and customer service provided
by our local  Piggly  Wiggly  supermarkets.  We also  sponsor  local  events and
festivals  throughout  the  marketing  area to improve  our Piggly  Wiggly  name
recognition,  such as the Midwest's  largest  fireworks  display at  Milwaukee's
Summerfest lakefront music festival.

       We operate a leased,  full-service  trucking fleet,  which consists of 22
tractors  and  41   refrigerated   trailers.   We  augment  our   transportation
requirements  with temporary  leasing  arrangements  as conditions  warrant.  PW
Trucking,  Inc.,  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  provides  contract  and common
carrier  services  throughout our operating  territory.  Revenues from unrelated
parties  generated by this  business were nominal in 1998 and are expected to be
nominal in 1999.

Competition

       The  wholesale  and retail food  industry is highly  competitive.  At the
wholesale  level,  we compete with  regional and national  wholesalers,  such as
Fleming Companies,  Inc., SuperValu Inc., Roundy's,  Inc. and Nash Finch Co. Key
competitive factors include the provision of the following services to franchise
customers:

              o      credit support;

              o      advertising;

              o      accounting and financial services;

              o      merchandising;

              o      facilities engineering;

              o      design and project management; and

              o      retail technology support.

       We believe that our distribution facilities and the wide range of support
and  marketing   services  provided  to  our  franchised  and  corporate  retail
supermarkets allow us to provide prompt and efficient, low-priced,  high-quality
products and important  supplemental  services to our  franchised  and corporate
supermarkets and other customers.

       The degree of competition at the retail level varies with store location.
In most of our  franchised  and  corporate  supermarket  locations,  we  compete
primarily with local retail operators, virtually all of whom are affiliated with
competing  wholesalers  through  arrangements  similar to those we have with our
franchisees. In some of our supermarket locations, however, we also compete with
national and regional retail chain stores,  such as Sentry Food Stores,  Pick `N
Save,  SuperSaver,  Cub Foods, Jewel Food Stores,  Dominicks Finer Foods, Copp's
Supermarkets  and Kohl's  Food  Stores.  Other  competitors  include the general
merchandise,  wholesale club and supercenter  format stores of Wal-Mart  Stores,
Inc.,  K-Mart Corp.  and ShopKo  Stores,  Inc.  and others.  We believe that the
principal retail competitive factors include:

              o      price;

              o      product quality and variety;

              o      store location and appearance; and

              o      the  quality of a store's  perishable  product  and service
                     departments.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

       We believe our supermarkets' emphasis on low-cost, high-quality products,
community-based  multi-media  marketing  and  merchandising  programs and a high
degree of in-store customer service and friendliness  provide our franchised and
corporate supermarkets with a competitive advantage in many retail market areas.

       Certain of our  competitors  at both the  wholesale  and retail level may
have a competitive  advantage  resulting  from utilizing  lower-cost,  non-union
workforces.  Certain of our  competitors  have greater  financial  resources and
marketing  budgets  than we do.  Also,  certain  competitors  using the  general
merchandise, wholesale club format or supercenter format may choose to carry and
market a less extensive  variety of products,  which may allow them to sell such
items at a lower per unit cost than we do.

Employees

       As of January 2, 1999, we employed approximately 1,700 persons, including
approximately  1,250 in the operation of our corporate  retail  supermarkets.  A
majority of our corporate retail employees are employed on a part-time basis. Of
our  remaining  employees,  approximately  210 are  engaged in  warehousing  and
trucking  activities  and  approximately  240 are corporate  and  administrative
personnel.   Two  collective   bargaining   agreements,   covering  a  total  of
approximately  115 employees expire in 1999. We do not currently  anticipate any
strikes,   work  stoppages  or  slowdowns  in  connection   with  renewing  such
agreements.

Item 1A.  Executive Officers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            Name and Age                             Positions and Offices with the Company
            ------------                             --------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C> 
James H. Dickelman, 51................      Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
                                            Officer
Michael R. Houser, 47.................      Executive Vice President - Marketing and Merchandising
John H. Dahly, 58.....................      Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
William K. Jacobson, 48...............      Senior Vice President - Retail Operations and Development and
                                            Assistant Secretary
Kenneth S. Folberg, 38................      Vice President - Logistics and Labor Relations
Armand C. Go, 37......................      Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer
Larry D. Hayes, 56....................      Vice President - Meat, Bakery and Deli Operations
John S. Kwas, 59......................      Vice President - Grocery Procurement
Thomas J. Timler, 41..................      Vice President - Business Systems Support Group
</TABLE>

       Messrs.  Dickelman,  Houser,  Dahly and  Jacobson are also members of our
Board of Directors.



       Executive  officers are generally  elected annually at the annual meeting
of  our  Board  of  Directors  held  on  the  date  of  our  annual  meeting  of
shareholders.  Each executive  officer holds office until his successor has been
elected or until his prior death, resignation or removal.

       All of our executive  officers have served in the positions  indicated or
in other  management  positions  with  Schultz  Sav-O  Stores for more than five
years.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>




Item 2.    Properties.

       As is typical  in our  industry,  a  substantial  portion of our  capital
assets are leased.  As of January 2, 1999,  we leased 17 corporate  supermarkets
and owned one supermarket.  The leased supermarkets range in size from 19,980 to
54,850 square feet, with an average of 33,220 square feet.

       We  generally  lease our  supermarkets  from  nonaffiliated  real  estate
developers under long-term  leases.  Such leases generally contain initial terms
of 15 to 20 years, with several five-year renewal options. None of such existing
lease arrangements contain repurchase options; nor do we own the land underlying
any of such  supermarkets.  As of January 2, 1999, we subleased 51 of our leased
supermarkets and leased one owned  supermarket to independent  operators who are
our wholesale customers and franchisees.

       Renovations and expansions  continue at six franchise  operations.  These
renovations   involve  four  expansions  of  existing   franchise  stores,   one
replacement  franchise  unit and  development  of one new  market  store.  These
projects are expected to increase  the square  footage of selling  space at such
stores by an average of approximately 40%.

       We own our  distribution  center and  headquarters  complex in Sheboygan,
Wisconsin which occupies approximately nine acres of a 16-acre site that we own.
The facility provides  approximately 30,500 square feet of space for offices and
related activities and approximately  364,000 square feet of warehouse space. We
also lease approximately 14,500 square feet of office space in Sheboygan under a
four-year  lease  expiring in August 2000,  which is used for  customer  support
services.

       We own approximately 5 acres of commercially zoned property in Wisconsin.
We have entered into brokerage arrangements for the sale of this property.

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.

       There are no  material  legal  proceedings  to which we are a party or to
which any of our property is subject,  other than routine litigation  incidental
to our business. No material legal proceedings were terminated during the fourth
quarter of 1998.

Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

       No matters were submitted to a vote of our shareholders during the fourth
quarter of 1998.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>



                                     PART II

Item 5.   Market for Our Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters.

       Pursuant to our program for  compensation  of independent  directors,  we
issued 300 shares of our common stock to each of our three nonemployee directors
(other than those who receive fees for professional services provided to Schultz
Sav-O Stores) on January 28, 1999. Such issuances were exempt from  registration
under the Securities Act of 1933 in accordance with Section 4(2) of that act.

       Pursuant to General  Instruction  G to Form 10-K  ("Instruction  G"), the
other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from
information  included under the caption entitled "Common Stock  Information" set
forth in our 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders (the "Annual Report").

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.

       Pursuant  to  Instruction  G, the  information  required  by this Item is
incorporated  herein by reference  from  information  included under the caption
entitled "Five-Year Financial Highlights" set forth in the Annual Report.

Item 7.   Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
          Results of Operations.

       Pursuant  to  Instruction  G, the  information  required  by this Item is
incorporated  herein by reference  from  information  included under the caption
entitled  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations" set forth in the Annual Report.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

       We believe that our exposure to market risk related to changes in foreign
currency   exchange  rates,   interest  rate  fluctuations  and  trade  accounts
receivable is immaterial.

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

       Pursuant to Instruction G, the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company
as of  January  2, 1999 and  January 3, 1998,  the  Consolidated  Statements  of
Earnings,  Cash Flows and Shareholders'  Investment for each of the three fiscal
years in the period ended  January 2, 1999,  together  with the related Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements (including  supplementary financial data), are
incorporated  herein by reference from  information  included under the captions
having substantially the same titles as set forth in the Annual Report.

Item 9.     Changes in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on Accounting  and
            Financial Disclosure.

       Not applicable.



                                      -11-
<PAGE>

                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Company.

       Pursuant to Instruction G, the  information  required by this Item (other
than such  information  regarding  executive  officers  which appears in Item 1A
hereof  and  information  required  by Item  405 of  Regulation  S-K,  which  is
inapplicable) is incorporated by reference from  information  included under the
caption  entitled  "Election of  Directors"  set forth in our  definitive  Proxy
Statement for our 1999 annual meeting of shareholders (the "Proxy Statement").*

       *      The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange
              Commission  pursuant to  Regulation  14A within 120 days after the
              end of our fiscal year.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

       Pursuant  to  Instruction  G, the  information  required  by this Item is
incorporated by reference from  information  included under the caption entitled
"Executive Compensation" set forth in the Proxy Statement.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

       Pursuant  to  Instruction  G, the  information  required  by this Item is
incorporated by reference from information  included under the captions entitled
"Stock Ownership of Management and Others" and "Election of Directors" set forth
in the Proxy Statement.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

       Pursuant  to  Instruction  G, the  information  required  by this Item is
incorporated  by  reference  from   information   under  the  caption   entitled
"Compensation  Committee  and Stock  Option  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider
Participation" set forth in the Proxy Statement.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>


                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

       (a)    The following documents are filed as a part of this Form 10-K:

1.     Financial Statements.

       Consolidated  Balance  Sheets as of January  2, 1999 and  January 3, 1998

       Consolidated   Statements  of  Earnings,  Cash  Flows  and  Shareholders'
       Investment for the fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996 

       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

       Report of Independent Public Accountants

       The foregoing  Financial  Statements are incorporated by reference to the
pocket part included in the  Company's  Annual  Report to  Shareholders  for the
fiscal year ended January 2, 1999.

       The  additional   information  referred  to  under  "Financial  Statement
Schedules"  below is  filed as part of this  Form  10-K  and  should  be read in
conjunction with the financial statements referred to above.

                                                            Page Reference:
                                                               Form 10-K
2.     Financial Statement Schedules.
                  Report of Independent Public                    F-1
                  Accountants

                  Schedule VIII - Valuation and                   F-2
                  Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

       All other  schedules have been omitted as not required or not applicable,
or the  information  required to be shown  thereon is included in the  financial
statements and related notes.

3.     Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.

       (a) The  exhibits  filed or  incorporated  by  reference  herewith are as
specified in the Exhibit Index included herein.

       (b) We filed no reports  on Form 8-K during the fourth  quarter of fiscal
year 1998.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

       Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  the Company has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                               SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.

Date:  March 25, 1999                          By    /s/  John H. Dahly
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                     John H. Dahly
                                                     Executive Vice President
                                                     and Chief Financial Officer

       Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended,  this  report  has been  signed as of the date  above by the  following
persons on behalf of the Company in the capacities indicated.



/s/  James H. Dickelman                          /s/  William K. Jacobson
James H. Dickelman, Chairman of                  William K. Jacobson, Director
Board, President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director (Principal Executive Officer)


/s/  John H. Dahly                               /s/  Michael R. Houser
John H. Dahly, Executive Vice President,         Michael R. Houser, Director
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and 
Director (Principal Financial Officer)


/s/  Armand C. Go                                /s/  Martin Crneckiy, Jr.
Armand C. Go, Treasurer and Chief                Martin Crneckiy, Jr., Director
Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting
 Officer)


/s/  Howard C. Dickelman                         /s/  R. Bruce Grover
Howard C. Dickelman, Director                    R. Bruce Grover, Director



/s/  Steven R. Barth
Steven R. Barth, Director



                                      -14-
<PAGE>


                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



We have audited, in accordance with generally accepted auditing  standards,  the
financial  statements included in Schultz Sav-O Stores,  Inc.'s annual report to
shareholders  incorporated  by reference in this Form 10-K,  and have issued our
report  thereon  dated  February 5, 1999.  Our audit was made for the purpose of
forming an opinion on those  statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in
the index to financial  statements is presented  for purposes of complying  with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission's  rules and is not part of the basic
financial  statements.   This  schedule  has  been  subjected  to  the  auditing
procedures  applied in the audit of the basic  financial  statements and, in our
opinion, fairly states, in all material respects, the financial data required to
be set forth therein in relation to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a
whole.

                                                /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
                                                ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 5, 1999.


<PAGE>


                           SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.

          SCHEDULE VIII--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

                    FOR THE FISCAL YEARS 1998, 1997 AND 1996


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts--
  Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts are summarized as follows:


                                      1998           1997            1996
                                 --------------  -------------   ------------
Balance, beginning of year         $3,950,000      $3,650,000     $2,565,000
Provision charged to earnings         350,000         656,000        987,000
(Writeoffs)/recoveries, net                --        (356,000)        98,000
                                   ----------      ----------     ----------
Balance, end of year               $4,300,000      $3,950,000     $3,650,000
                                   ==========      ==========     ==========


                                      F-2

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

                           SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 2, 1999



   Exhibit No.                           Description
   -----------                           -----------

       3.1          Restated Articles of Incorporated,  as amended. Incorporated
                    by  reference  to Exhibit  3.1 to our Annual  Report on Form
                    10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988.

       3.2          By-Laws, as amended and restated as of March 16, 1999.

       4.1          Restated Articles of Incorporation,  as amended (included as
                    Exhibit  3.1).  As  summarized  in Notes  (4) and (8) of the
                    Notes to Financial Statements incorporated by reference from
                    our 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders,  as part of Parts II
                    and IV of  this  Form  10-K,  we  have  various  outstanding
                    long-term debt and capital lease  obligations.  None of such
                    obligations individually exceeds 10% of our total assets. We
                    hereby agree to furnish to the Commission, upon its request,
                    a copy of each instrument with respect to such obligations.

      10.1          Master Franchise  Agreement,  dated April 23, 1982,  between
                    Commodores  Point  Terminal  Corporation  and Piggly  Wiggly
                    Corporation.  Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
                    our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1,
                    1982.

      10.2          Agreement,  dated  August 1,  1982,  between  Schultz  Sav-O
                    Stores   and   Commodores   Point   Terminal    Corporation.
                    Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2 to our Annual
                    Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 1982.

      10.3          Amendment to Master Franchise  Agreement,  dated October 15,
                    1982,   between  Schultz  Sav-O  Stores  and  Piggly  Wiggly
                    Corporation.  Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
                    our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1,
                    1982.

      10.4          Amendment No. 2 to Piggly Wiggly Master Franchise Agreement,
                    dated June 3, 1998,  between Schultz Sav-O Stores and Piggly
                    Wiggly  Corporation.  Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit
                    10.2 to our  Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  period
                    ended April 25, 1998.

      10.5          Form of Director/Officer  Indemnity Agreement.  Incorporated
                    by reference  to Exhibit  10.4 to our Annual  Report on Form
                    10-K for the year ended January 2, 1988.  This  Agreement is
                    required  to be  filed  as an  exhibit  to  this  Form  10-K
                    pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

                                      E-1
<PAGE>

   Exhibit No.                           Description
   -----------                           -----------

      10.6          Form of Key Executive  Employment  and Severance  Agreement,
                    dated as of October 19, 1990,  between  Schultz Sav-O Stores
                    and each of James H. Dickelman,  John H. Dahly,  and Michael
                    R. Houser, and dated as of January 31, 1997, between Schultz
                    Sav-O  Stores  and  William  K.  Jacobson.  Incorporated  by
                    reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Annual  Report on Form 10-K
                    for the year ended  December  29,  1990.  This  agreement is
                    required  to be  filed  as an  exhibit  to  this  Form  10-K
                    pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

      10.7          Form of amendment to Key Executive  Employment and Severance
                    Agreement  between Schultz Sav-O Stores and each of James H.
                    Dickelman,  John H. Dahly, Michael R. Houser, and William K.
                    Jacobson.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to our
                    Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 18,
                    1998.  This  agreement is required to be filed as an exhibit
                    to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

      10.8          Membership and Licensing  Agreement  dated August 1, 1973 by
                    and between Topco Associates, Inc. (Cooperative) and Schultz
                    Sav-O Stores.  Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to
                    our Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
                    30, 1996.

      10.9          Articles  of   Incorporation  of  Topco   Associates,   Inc.
                    (Cooperative). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to
                    our Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
                    31, 1988.

      10.10         Bylaws of Topco Associates,  Inc. (Cooperative),  as amended
                    through June 7, 1996.  Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
                    10.8 to our  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended
                    December 30, 1996.

      10.11         1990 Stock  Option  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  as of
                    October 15, 1998. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16
                    to our  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the period  ended
                    October  10,  1998.  This plan is required to be filed as an
                    exhibit  to this Form 10-K  pursuant  to Item  14(c) of Form
                    10-K.

      10.12         1995 Equity  Incentive  Plan,  as amended and restated as of
                    January  28,  1999.  This plan is required to be filed as an
                    exhibit  to this Form 10-K  pursuant  to Item  14(c) of Form
                    10-K.

      10.13         Form of  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  1995
                    Equity Incentive  Plan..  This form of agreement is required
                    to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item
                    14(c) of Form 10-K.

      10.14         Schultz Sav-O Stores,  Inc.  Executive  Benefit  Restoration
                    Plan.  Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.10 to our
                    Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31,
                    1994.  This Plan is  required  to be filed as an  exhibit to
                    this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

                                      E-2
<PAGE>

   Exhibit No.                           Description
   -----------                           -----------

      10.15         Schultz Sav-O Stores, Inc. Officer Annual Incentive Plan, as
                    amended and  restated as of January 28,  1999.  This plan is
                    required  to be  filed  as an  exhibit  to  this  Form  10-K
                    pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

      10.16         Loan Agreement,  dated as of December 3, 1992, among Schultz
                    Sav-O  Stores,  M&I  Marshall & Ilsley Bank and Firstar Bank
                    (Milwaukee), as amended as of December 31, 1998.

       13           Portions of the 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders expressly
                    incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

       21           Subsidiary of Registrant.

       23           Consent of Independent Public Accountants.

       27           Financial Data Schedule.

       99           Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
                    Shareholders   (to  be  filed  with  the  Commission   under
                    Regulation  14A  within 120 days after the end of our fiscal
                    year and, upon such filing, incorporated by reference herein
                    to the extent indicated in this Form 10-K).




                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                                  AS OF 3/16/99
                                   ---------------------------------------------






                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                           SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.
                            (a Wisconsin corporation)








<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE I. OFFICES


       1.01  Principal  and  Business  Offices.  The  corporation  may have such
principal  and other  business  offices,  either  within or without the State of
Wisconsin,  as the Board of  Directors  may  designate or as the business of the
corporation may require from time to time.

       1.02 Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation required
by the  Wisconsin  Business  Corporation  Law to be  maintained  in the State of
Wisconsin may be, but need not be,  identical  with the principal  office in the
State of Wisconsin, and the address of the registered office may be changed from
time to time by the Board of Directors or by the registered  agent. The business
office of the  registered  agent of the  corporation  shall be identical to such
registered office.

                            ARTICLE II. SHAREHOLDERS

       2.01 Place of Meetings.  Meetings of the  shareholders of the corporation
shall be held at such place as may be designated from time to time by resolution
of the Board of Directors of the  corporation.  If no such place is  designated,
then the  meeting  shall be held at the  general  office of the  corporation  in
Sheboygan County, Wisconsin.

       2.02 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held
on the second  Wednesday of May of each year  commencing  with the year 1956. If
such day is a legal  holiday then the meeting  shall be held on the next secular
day.

       2.03 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called
by any officer of the corporation,  the Board of Directors, or by the holders of
not less than one tenth of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

       2.04 Notice of Shareholders' Meetings.  Written notice stating the place,
day and hour of the meeting,  and in case of a special  meeting,  the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called,  shall be delivered  not less than ten
nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by
mail, by or at the direction of the president,  the secretary, or the officer or
person calling the meeting,  to each  shareholder of record  entitled to vote at
such  meeting.  If mailed,  such  notice  shall be deemed to be  delivered  when
deposited in the United States mail addressed to the  shareholder at his address
as it appears on the stock record books or similar  records of the  corporation,
with postage thereon prepaid.

       2.05 Meetings  Without  Notice.  Any meeting of the  shareholders  of the
corporation  at which  all of the  shareholders  entitled  to vote are  present,
either  in  person or by proxy,  shall be a legal  meeting  of the  shareholders
without notice. The shareholders may transact any business at such meeting which
may lawfully be transacted at any meeting of the  shareholders  regularly called
and notified.

       2.06 Voting of Shares. Each outstanding share, entitled to vote, shall be
entitled  to one  vote on  each  matter  submitted  to a vote  at a  meeting  of
shareholders.  A shareholder  may vote either in person or by proxy appointed in
writing by the shareholder, or by his duly


                                        1
<PAGE>

authorized  attorney-in-fact.  No proxy shall be valid after eleven  months from
the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

       2.07 Quorum.  A majority of the shares  entitled to vote,  represented in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at the meeting of shareholders. If
a quorum be not present at a meeting, the majority present in person or by proxy
may adjourn from time to time,  without notice other than by announcement at the
meeting,  until the holders of the amount of shares  requisite  to  constitute a
quorum shall attend.  At any such  adjourned  meeting at which a quorum shall be
present,  any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the
meeting as originally notified.

       2.08 Conduct of Meetings.  The  President  and, in his absence,  the Vice
President and, in their absence,  any shareholder entitled to vote chosen by the
shareholders  present  shall call the meeting of the  shareholders  to order and
shall act as chairman of the meeting, and the Secretary of the corporation shall
act as secretary of all meetings of the shareholders, but, in the absence of the
Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any shareholder entitled to vote to
act as secretary of the meeting.

       2.09 Fixing of Record Date. For the purpose of  determining  shareholders
entitled  to  notice  of or to  vote  at  any  meeting  of  shareholders  or any
adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order
to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose,  the Board
of  Directors  may  fix in  advance  a date as the  record  date  for  any  such
determination of  shareholders,  such date in any case to be not more than fifty
days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders,  not less than ten days prior to
the  date on  which  the  particular  action  requiring  such  determination  of
shareholders is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of  shareholders  or
shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the close of business on
the date on which  notice of the  meeting  is mailed or on the date on which the
resolution of the Board of Directors  declaring such dividend is adopted, as the
case may be, shall be the record date for such  determination  of  shareholders.
When a determination  of  shareholders  entitled to vote at any meeting has been
made as provided in this  section,  such  determination  shall be applied to any
adjournment thereof.

                        ARTICLE III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

       3.01 General Powers and Number.  All corporate  powers shall be exercised
by or under the  authority  of, and the business and affairs of the  corporation
managed under the direction of, the Board of Directors.  The number of directors
of the  corporation  shall  be  determined  from  time to time by the  Board  of
Directors and shall be divided into three  classes  designated as Class I, Class
II and Class III, respectively.

           At the 1989 annual meeting of shareholders,  the directors of Class I
shall  be  elected  for a  term  to  expire  at  the  first  annual  meeting  of
shareholders  after their election,  and until their  successors are elected and
qualify,  the directors of Class II shall be elected for a term to expire at the
second annual  meeting of  shareholders  after their  election,  and until their
successors  are elected and  qualify,  and the  directors  of Class III shall be
elected for a term to 


                                       2
<PAGE>

expire at the third annual meeting of  shareholders  after their  election,  and
until  their  successors  are  elected and  qualify.  At each annual  meeting of
shareholders after the 1989 annual meeting of shareholders the successors to the
class of directors  whose terms shall expire at the time of such annual  meeting
shall be elected to hold office  until the third  succeeding  annual  meeting of
shareholders, and until their successors are elected and qualify.

           A  director  may be  removed  by the  shareholders  only at a meeting
called for the purpose of removing the  director,  and the meeting  notice shall
state that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is removal of the
director.  A director  may be removed  from office with or without  cause if the
votes cast to remove the director exceeds the number of votes cast not to remove
such  director.  A director may resign at any time by delivering  written notice
which  complies  with the  Wisconsin  Business  Corporation  Law to the Board of
Directors,  to the  President  (in his  capacity  as  chairman  of the  Board of
Directors) or to the corporation. A director's resignation is effective when the
notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

           From  time to time,  the  Board of  Directors  may  elect one or more
former or retiring directors as Directors Emeritus of the corporation. Directors
Emeritus shall be invited to attend and participate in all meetings of the Board
of Directors (and shall be provided with all information and documents  provided
to directors generally) but shall not have a vote on any matter before the Board
of Directors and shall not be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at
any meeting of the Board of Directors. Each Director Emeritus of the corporation
shall be deemed a  "Director"  for  purposes of Article VIII of these bylaws and
shall be  entitled to such  compensation  as may be  determined  by the Board of
Directors.

       3.02  Qualifications.  Directors  need not be  residents  of the State of
Wisconsin or shareholders of the corporation. No other restrictions, limitations
or qualifications may be imposed on individuals for service as a director.

       3.03 Regular Meetings.  A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall
be held  without  other  notice  than this  bylaw  immediately  after the annual
meeting of shareholders and each adjourned  session  thereof.  The place of such
regular  meeting  shall be the same as the place of the meeting of  shareholders
which precedes it, or such other suitable  place as may be  communicated  to the
directors  at  or  prior  to  such  meeting  of  shareholders.   To  the  extent
practicable,  the date,  time and place,  either  within or without the State of
Wisconsin,  for the  holding  of  additional  regular  meetings  of the Board of
Directors  shall  be  communicated  amongst  and  generally  agreed  upon by the
directors at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

       3.04 Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be
called by or at the request of the President or any two directors. The President
or Secretary may fix any place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin,
as the place for holding any special  meeting of the Board of Directors,  and if
no other place is fixed the place of the meeting shall be the principal business
office of the corporation in the State of Wisconsin.

       3.05  Notice;  Waiver.  Notice of each  special  meeting  of the Board of
Directors shall be given by written notice  delivered or communicated in person,
by   telegraph,   teletype, 

                                       3
<PAGE>

facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication, or by mail or private
carrier,  to each  director at his business  address or at such other address as
such director shall have designated in writing filed with the Secretary, in each
case not less than twenty-four  hours prior to the meeting.  The notice need not
prescribe  the purpose of the special  meeting of the Board of  Directors or the
business to be  transacted  at such  meeting.  If mailed,  such notice  shall be
deemed to be effective  when  deposited in the United  States mail so addressed,
with postage thereon prepaid. If notice is given by telegram,  such notice shall
be deemed to be  effective  when the  telegram  is  delivered  to the  telegraph
company.  If notice is given by private carrier,  such notice shall be deemed to
be effective when delivered to the private carrier. Whenever any notice whatever
is required to be given to any director of the corporation under the articles of
incorporation  or  these  bylaws  or any  provision  of the  Wisconsin  Business
Corporation Law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at any time, whether before
or after the date and time of meeting,  by the director  entitled to such notice
shall be deemed  equivalent to the giving of such notice.  The corporation shall
retain any such waiver as part of the permanent  corporate records. A director's
attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him or
her of the  meeting  unless the  director  at the  beginning  of the  meeting or
promptly upon his or her arrival  objects to holding the meeting or  transacting
business  at the meeting  and does not  thereafter  vote for or assent to action
taken at the meeting.

       3.06  Quorum.  Except as  otherwise  provided by the  Wisconsin  Business
Corporation Law or by the articles of  incorporation or these bylaws, a majority
of the number of  directors  specified  in Section  3.01 of these  bylaws  shall
constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business at any meeting of the Board
of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by the Wisconsin Business Corporation
Law or by the  articles of  incorporation  or by these  bylaws,  a quorum of any
committee  of the Board of  Directors  created  pursuant to Section  3.12 hereof
shall consist of a majority of the number of directors appointed to serve on the
committee.  A majority of the directors  present  (though less than such quorum)
may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee  thereof,  as
the case may be, from time to time without further notice.

       3.07  Manner  of  Acting.  The  affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of the
directors  present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof
at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such
committee,  as the case may be, unless the Wisconsin  Business  Corporation Law,
the  articles of  incorporation  or these  bylaws  require the vote of a greater
number of directors.

       3.08 Conduct of Meetings.  The Chairman of the Board and, in his absence,
the President and, in his absence,  a Vice President in the order provided under
Section  4.07,  and in their  absence,  any  director  chosen  by the  directors
present, shall call meetings of the Board of Directors to order and shall act as
chairman of the meeting. The Secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary
of all meetings of the Board of Directors  but in the absence of the  Secretary,
the presiding  officer may appoint any other person  present to act as secretary
of the  meeting.  Minutes  of any  regular  or  special  meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be prepared and distributed to each director.

                                       4
<PAGE>

       3.09 Vacancies.  Except as provided below,  any vacancy  occurring in the
Board of Directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number
of directors, may be filled by any of the following:  (a) the shareholders;  (b)
the Board of Directors;  or (c) if the directors  remaining in office constitute
fewer than a quorum of the Board of Directors, the directors, by the affirmative
vote of a majority of all  directors  remaining in office.  If the vacant office
was held by a  director  elected  by a voting  group of  shareholders,  only the
holders  of shares of that  voting  group may vote to fill the  vacancy if it is
filled by the  shareholders,  and only the remaining  directors  elected by that
voting  group may vote to fill the vacancy if it is filled by the  directors.  A
vacancy  that will  occur at a specific  later  date,  because of a  resignation
effective at a later date or otherwise, may be filled before the vacancy occurs,
but the new director may not take office until the vacancy  occurs.  Any vacancy
resulting from a director's death,  resignation,  removal,  disqualification  or
otherwise shall be filled for the unexpired portion of such director's term.

       3.10 Compensation.  The Board of Directors,  irrespective of any personal
interest of any of its members,  may establish  reasonable  compensation  of all
directors for services to the  corporation as directors,  officers or otherwise,
or may  delegate  such  authority  to an  appropriate  committee.  The  Board of
Directors also shall have  authority to provide for or delegate  authority to an
appropriate  committee to provide for reasonable  pensions,  disability or death
benefits,  and other benefits or payments, to directors,  officers and employees
and to their estates, families,  dependents or beneficiaries on account of prior
services rendered by such directors, officers and employees to the corporation.

       3.11 Presumption of Assent. A director who is present and is announced as
present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee  thereof created
in accordance with Section 3.12 hereof, when corporate action is taken,  assents
to the action taken unless any of the following occurs: (a) the director objects
at the  beginning of the meeting or promptly  upon his or her arrival to holding
the meeting or transacting  business at the meeting;  (b) the director's dissent
or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or
(c) the  director  delivers  written  notice that  complies  with the  Wisconsin
Business  Corporation  Law of his or her dissent or  abstention to the presiding
officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation  immediately
after adjournment of the meeting.  Such right of dissent or abstention shall not
apply to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

       3.12  Committees.  The Board of Directors,  by resolution  adopted by the
affirmative  vote of a majority  of all of the  directors  then in  office,  may
create one or more  committees,  appoint  members of the Board of  Directors  to
serve on the committees and designate other members of the Board of Directors to
serve as alternates.  Each  committee  shall have two or more members who shall,
unless  otherwise  provided by the Board of Directors,  serve at the pleasure of
the Board of Directors.  A committee may be authorized to exercise the authority
of the  Board  of  Directors,  except  that a  committee  may  not do any of the
following: (a) authorize  distributions;  (b) approve or propose to shareholders
action that the Wisconsin  Business  Corporation  Law requires to be approved by
shareholders;  (c) fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or, unless the Board
of Directors  provides by  resolution  that  vacancies  on a committee  shall be
filled by the affirmative vote of the remaining


                                       5
<PAGE>

committee members, on any Board committee;  (d) amend the corporation's articles
of  incorporation;  (e) adopt,  amend or repeal  bylaws;  (f)  approve a plan of
merger  not   requiring   shareholder   approval;   (g)   authorize  or  approve
reacquisition of shares,  except according to a formula or method  prescribed by
the Board of  Directors;  and (h)  authorize  or approve the issuance or sale or
contract for sale of shares,  or determine the designation and relative  rights,
preferences  and  limitations  of a class or series of shares,  except  that the
Board of Directors may  authorize a committee to do so within limits  prescribed
by the Board of Directors.  Unless otherwise  provided by the Board of Directors
in creating the committee, a committee may employ counsel, accountants and other
consultants  to assist it in the  exercise  of its  authority.

       3.13 Telephonic  Meetings.  Except as herein provided and notwithstanding
any place set forth in the notice of the meeting or these bylaws, members of the
Board of Directors (and any committees  thereof created pursuant to Section 3.12
hereof) may  participate  in regular or special  meetings by, or through the use
of, any means of communication by which all participants may simultaneously hear
each other, such as by conference  telephone.  If a meeting is conducted by such
means,  then at the  commencement  of such meeting the  presiding  officer shall
inform  the  participating  directors  that a meeting  is taking  place at which
official business may be transacted.  Any participant in a meeting by such means
shall be deemed  present in person at such meeting.  If action is to be taken at
any meeting held by such means on any of the following:  (a) a plan of merger or
share exchange;  (b) a sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of substantial
property  or assets  of the  corporation;  (c) a  voluntary  dissolution  or the
revocation of voluntary dissolution proceedings; or (d) a filing for bankruptcy,
then  the  identity  of each  director  participating  in such  meeting  must be
verified by the  disclosure  at such meeting by each such  director of each such
director's  social security number to the secretary of the meeting before a vote
may be taken on any of the  foregoing  matters.  For  purposes of the  preceding
clause  (b),  the  phrase  "sale,  lease,   exchange  or  other  disposition  of
substantial  property or assets" shall mean any sale,  lease,  exchange or other
disposition  of  property or assets of the  corporation  having a net book value
equal  to 20% or  more  of the  net  book  value  of  the  total  assets  of the
corporation  on and as of the close of the fiscal  year last ended  prior to the
date of such meeting and as to which  financial  statements  of the  corporation
have been prepared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action may be taken at any
meeting held by such means on any particular  matter which the presiding officer
determines,  in  his or her  sole  discretion,  to be  inappropriate  under  the
circumstances  for action at a meeting  held by such means.  Such  determination
shall be made and announced in advance of such meeting.

       3.14 Action  without  Meeting.  Any action  required or  permitted by the
Wisconsin  Business  Corporation  Law to be taken at a  meeting  of the Board of
Directors or a committee  thereof created pursuant to Section 3.12 hereof may be
taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board or of
the  committee.  The action shall be  evidenced by one or more written  consents
describing  the action taken,  signed by each  director or committee  member and
retained  by the  corporation.  Such  action  shall be  effective  when the last
director or committee member signs the consent,  unless the consent  specifies a
different effective date.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                              ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

       4.01  Number.  The  principal  officers  of the  corporation  shall  be a
Chairman of the Board,  President,  the number of Vice  Presidents as authorized
from time to time by the Board of Directors, a Secretary, and a Treasurer,  each
of whom shall be  elected by the Board of  Directors.  Such other  officers  and
assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or appointed by the
Board  of  Directors.  The  Board  of  Directors  may  also  authorize  any duly
authorized  officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant  officers.  Any
two or more offices may be held by the same person.

       4.02 Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the  corporation to be
elected  by the Board of  Directors  shall be elected  annually  by the Board of
Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors  held after each annual
meeting of the  shareholders.  If the election of officers  shall not be held at
such meeting,  such election shall be held as soon thereafter as is practicable.
Each officer shall hold office until his or her  successor  shall have been duly
elected or until his or her prior death, resignation or removal.

       4.03 Removal.  The Board of Directors may remove any officer and,  unless
restricted by the Board of Directors or these bylaws,  an officer may remove any
officer or assistant  officer  appointed by that officer,  at any time,  with or
without cause and  notwithstanding  the contract rights,  if any, of the officer
removed.  The election or  appointment  of an officer does not of itself  create
contract rights.

       4.04 Resignation.  An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice
to the corporation  that complies with the Wisconsin  Business  Corporation Law.
The  resignation  shall be effective  when the notice is  delivered,  unless the
notice  specifies a later effective date and the  corporation  accepts the later
effective date.

       4.05  Vacancies.  A vacancy  in any  principal  office  because of death,
resignation,  removal,  disqualification  or  otherwise,  shall be filled by the
Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term. If a resignation of an
officer is effective at a later date as contemplated by Section 4.04 hereof, the
Board of Directors may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the
Board provides that the successor may not take office until the effective date.

       4.06 Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside when
present at all meetings of  directors.  He shall also preside at all meetings of
shareholders  and shall  perform all such other  functions  and duties as may be
assigned to him by the Board of Directors.  He shall also have authority to sign
documents and instruments in the absence of the President.

       4.07 President. The President shall be the principal executive officer of
the corporation and,  subject to the direction of the Board of Directors,  shall
in  general  supervise  and  control  all of the  business  and  affairs  of the
corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board,  the President shall,
when present,  preside at all meetings of the  shareholders  and of the Board of
Directors.  He shall have authority,  subject to such rules as may be prescribed
by the  Board  of  Directors,  to  appoint  such  agents  and  employees  of the
corporation as he shall


                                       7
<PAGE>

deem  necessary,  to prescribe  their powers,  duties and  compensation,  and to
delegate  authority to them.  Such agents and employees shall hold office at the
discretion  of the  President.  He shall have  authority  to sign,  execute  and
acknowledge,  on behalf of the corporation,  all deeds, mortgages,  bonds, stock
certificates,  contracts, leases, reports and all other documents or instruments
necessary  or proper to be executed in the course of the  corporation's  regular
business,  or which shall be authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors;
and,  except as  otherwise  provided  by law or the Board of  Directors,  he may
authorize  any Vice  President or other officer or agent of the  corporation  to
sign,  execute and  acknowledge  such  documents or instruments in his place and
stead.  In  general,  he shall  perform  all  duties  incident  to the office of
President  and such other duties as may be  prescribed by the Board of Directors
from time to time.

       4.08 The Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event
of the President's  death,  inability or refusal to act, or in the event for any
reason it shall be impracticable  for the President to act personally,  the Vice
President (or, in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Executive
Vice President, or in his absence the Vice Presidents in the order designated by
the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation,  then in the order
of their  election)  shall  perform  the  duties of the  President,  and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the  President.  Any Vice  President  may sign,  with the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary,  certificates for shares of the  corporation;  and shall perform such
other  duties and have such  authority  as from time to time may be delegated or
assigned  to him or her by the  President  or by the  Board  of  Directors.  The
execution of any instrument of the  corporation  by any Vice President  shall be
conclusive evidence,  as to third parties, of his or her authority to act in the
stead of the President.

       4.09 The Secretary. The Secretary shall: (a) keep minutes of the meetings
of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors (and of committees thereof) in
one or more books provided for that purpose  (including records of actions taken
by the shareholders or the Board of Directors (or committees  thereof) without a
meeting);  (b) see  that all  notices  are duly  given  in  accordance  with the
provisions of these bylaws or as required by the Wisconsin Business  Corporation
Law;  (c) be  custodian  of  the  corporate  records  and  of  the  seal  of the
corporation and see that the seal of the corporation is affixed to all documents
the  execution  of which on  behalf  of the  corporation  under its seal is duly
authorized;  (d) maintain a record of the shareholders of the corporation,  in a
form  that  permits  preparation  of a list of the names  and  addresses  of all
shareholders,  by class or series of shares and  showing the number and class or
series of shares held by each  shareholder;  (e) sign with the  President,  or a
Vice  President,  certificates  for shares of the  corporation,  the issuance of
which shall have been  authorized by  resolution of the Board of Directors;  (f)
have general charge of the stock transfer books of the  corporation;  and (g) in
general  perform all duties  incident to the office of  Secretary  and have such
other duties and exercise  such  authority as from time to time may be delegated
or assigned by the President or by the Board of Directors.

       4.10 The Treasurer.  The Treasurer  shall: (a) have charge and custody of
and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b) maintain
appropriate accounting records; (c) receive and give receipts for moneys due and
payable to the  corporation  from any 


                                       8
<PAGE>

source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in
such  banks,  trust  companies  or other  depositaries  as shall be  selected in
accordance  with the provisions of Section 5.04; and (d) in general  perform all
of the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and have such other duties and
exercise such other  authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned
by the  President  or by the Board of  Directors.  If  required  by the Board of
Directors,  the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or
her  duties  in such  sum and with  such  surety  or  sureties  as the  Board of
Directors shall determine.

       4.11 Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.  There shall be such
number  of  Assistant  Secretaries  and  Assistant  Treasurers  as the  Board of
Directors  or the  President  may from  time to time  authorize.  The  Assistant
Secretaries  may sign with the President or a Vice  President  certificates  for
shares of the  corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a
resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors.   The  Assistant   Treasurers   shall
respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful
discharge  of their  duties in such sums and with such  sureties as the Board of
Directors shall determine.  The Assistant  Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers,
in general, shall perform such duties and have such authority as shall from time
to time be  delegated  or assigned to them by the  Secretary  or the  Treasurer,
respectively, or by the President or the Board of Directors.

       4.12 Other Assistants and Acting Officers. The Board of Directors and the
President  shall have the power to appoint,  or to authorize any duly  appointed
officer of the  corporation  to appoint,  any person to act as  assistant to any
officer,  or as agent for the corporation in his or her stead, or to perform the
duties of such  officer  whenever  for any reason it is  impracticable  for such
officer to act  personally,  and such assistant or acting officer or other agent
so appointed by the Board of Directors or an  authorized  officer shall have the
power to perform all the duties of the office to which he or she is so appointed
to be an assistant,  or as to which he or she is so appointed to act,  except as
such power may be otherwise defined or restricted by the Board of Directors, the
President or the appointing officer.

                      ARTICLE V. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS
                      AND DEPOSITS; SPECIAL CORPORATE ACTS

       5.01  Contracts.  The Board of  Directors  may  authorize  any officer or
officers,  agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute or deliver any
instrument  in  the  name  of  and  on  behalf  of  the  corporation,  and  such
authorization may be general or confined to specific  instances.  In the absence
of other  designation,  all deeds,  mortgages and  instruments  of assignment or
pledge made by the corporation  shall be executed in the name of the corporation
by the  President  or  one  of the  Vice  Presidents  and by the  Secretary,  an
Assistant Secretary,  the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer;  the Secretary or
an Assistant  Secretary,  when necessary or required,  shall affix the corporate
seal, if any, thereto; and when so executed no other party to such instrument or
any third party shall be required to make any inquiry into the  authority of the
signing officer or officers.

       5.02 Loans.  No  indebtedness  for borrowed  money shall be contracted on
behalf of the corporation and no evidences of such indebtedness  shall be issued
in its name unless

                                       9
<PAGE>

authorized  by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.
Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

       5.03  Checks,  Drafts,  etc.  All checks,  drafts or other orders for the
payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of
the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of
the  corporation  and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by
or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.

       5.04 Deposits.  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall
be deposited  from time to time to the credit of the  corporation in such banks,
trust  companies  or other  depositaries  as may be  selected  by or  under  the
authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.

       5.05 Voting of Securities  Owned by this  Corporation.  Subject always to
the  specific  directions  of the Board of  Directors,  (a) any  shares or other
securities  issued by any other  corporation  and  owned or  controlled  by this
corporation  may be voted at any  meeting  of  security  holders  of such  other
corporation  by the President of this  corporation  if he be present,  or in his
absence by any Vice President of this  corporation  who may be present,  and (b)
whenever,  in the  judgment of the  President,  or in his  absence,  of any Vice
President,  it is desirable for this  corporation  to execute a proxy or written
consent  in  respect  to any  shares  or other  securities  issued  by any other
corporation  and  owned by this  corporation,  such  proxy or  consent  shall be
executed in the name of this  corporation  by the  President  or one of the Vice
Presidents of this  corporation,  without  necessity of any authorization by the
Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal, if any, or countersignature or
attestation by another officer.  Any person or persons  designated in the manner
above stated as the proxy or proxies of this corporation  shall have full right,
power and authority to vote the shares or other securities  issued by such other
corporation  and  owned by this  corporation  the same as such  shares  or other
securities might be voted by this corporation.

            ARTICLE VI. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES; TRANSFER OF SHARES

       6.01  Certificates for Shares.  Certificates  representing  shares of the
corporation  shall  be in such  form,  consistent  with the  Wisconsin  Business
Corporation  Law,  as shall  be  determined  by the  Board  of  Directors.  Such
certificates  shall be signed by the  President or a Vice  President  and by the
Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary.  All  certificates  for shares  shall be
consecutively  numbered  or  otherwise  identified.  The name and address of the
person to whom the shares  represented  thereby are  issued,  with the number of
shares and date of issue,  shall be entered on the stock  transfer  books of the
corporation.  All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall
be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate
for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except as
provided in Section 6.06.

       6.02 Facsimile Signatures and Seal. The seal of the corporation,  if any,
on  any  certificates  for  shares  may be a  facsimile.  The  signature  of the
president or Vice  President  and the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary  upon a
certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate


                                       10
<PAGE>

is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent, or a registrar, other than the
corporation itself or an employee of the corporation.

       6.03 Signature by Former Officers. The validity of a share certificate is
not  affected  if a person who signed the  certificate  (either  manually  or in
facsimile) no longer holds office when the certificate is issued.

       6.04 Transfer of Shares.  Prior to due  presentment of a certificate  for
shares for  registration  of transfer the  corporation  may treat the registered
owner of such  shares as the person  exclusively  entitled  to vote,  to receive
notifications  and otherwise to have and exercise all the rights and power of an
owner.  Where a certificate  for shares is presented to the  corporation  with a
request to register for  transfer,  the  corporation  shall not be liable to the
owner or any other person  suffering  loss as a result of such  registration  of
transfer  if  (a)  there  were  on  or  with  the   certificate   the  necessary
endorsements, and (b) the corporation had no duty to inquire into adverse claims
or has  discharged  any  such  duty.  The  corporation  may  require  reasonable
assurance that such  endorsements  are genuine and effective and compliance with
such other  regulations  as may be  prescribed  by or under the authority of the
Board of Directors.

       6.05  Restrictions  on  Transfer.  The  face  or  reverse  side  of  each
certificate  representing  shares  shall  bear  a  conspicuous  notation  of any
restriction imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of such shares.

       6.06 Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates.  Where the owner claims that
certificates  for shares have been lost,  destroyed or wrongfully  taken,  a new
certificate shall be issued in place thereof if the owner (a) so requests before
the  corporation  has notice that such shares have been  acquired by a bona fide
purchaser,  (b)  files  with the  corporation  a  sufficient  indemnity  bond if
required by the Board of Directors or any principal  officer,  and (c) satisfies
such  other  reasonable  requirements  as  may be  prescribed  by or  under  the
authority of the Board of Directors. 

       6.07  Consideration  for Shares.  The Board of  Directors  may  authorize
shares to be issued for  consideration  consisting of any tangible or intangible
property  or benefit  to the  corporation,  including  cash,  promissory  notes,
services  performed,  contracts for services to be performed or other securities
of the corporation. Before the corporation issues shares, the Board of Directors
shall determine that the consideration received or to be received for the shares
to be  issued is  adequate.  The  determination  of the  Board of  Directors  is
conclusive  insofar as the adequacy of consideration  for the issuance of shares
relates to whether the shares are validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable.
The  corporation  may  place in escrow  shares  issued in whole or in part for a
contract for future  services or benefits,  a promissory  note, or otherwise for
property to be issued in the future, or make other  arrangements to restrict the
transfer of the shares,  and may credit  distributions  in respect of the shares
against their purchase price, until the services are performed,  the benefits or
property are received or the  promissory  note is paid.  If the services are not
performed,  the benefits or property are not received or the promissory  note is
not paid, the corporation  may cancel,  in whole or in part, the shares escrowed
or restricted and the distributions credited.

                                       11
<PAGE>

       6.08 Stock  Regulations.  The Board of Directors shall have the power and
authority to make all such further rules and regulations not  inconsistent  with
law as it may deem expedient concerning the issue,  transfer and registration of
shares of the corporation.

                               ARTICLE VII. SEAL

       7.01 The Board of  Directors  may provide  for a  corporate  seal for the
corporation.

                         ARTICLE VIII. INDEMNIFICATION

       8.01 Provision of Indemnification.  The corporation shall, to the fullest
extent permitted or required by Sections 180.0850 to 180.0859, inclusive, of the
Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, including any amendments thereto (but in the
case of any  such  amendment,  only to the  extent  such  amendment  permits  or
requires the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than prior to
such  amendment),  indemnify  its  Directors  and  Officers  against any and all
Liabilities,  and advance any and all reasonable  Expenses,  incurred thereby in
any  Proceeding  to which any such  Director or Officer is a Party because he or
she is or was a Director or Officer of the  corporation.  The corporation  shall
also indemnify an employee who is not a Director or Officer,  to the extent that
the  employee  has been  successful  on the merits or  otherwise in defense of a
Proceeding,  for all Expenses  incurred in the  Proceeding if the employee was a
Party because he or she is or was an employee of the corporation.  The rights to
indemnification  granted  hereunder  shall not be deemed  exclusive of any other
rights to  indemnification  against  Liabilities or the  advancement of Expenses
which a  Director,  Officer  or  employee  may be  entitled  under  any  written
agreement,  Board  resolution,  vote of  shareholders,  the  Wisconsin  Business
Corporation Law or otherwise. The corporation may, but shall not be required to,
supplement  the foregoing  rights to  indemnification  against  Liabilities  and
advancement  of Expenses under this Section 8.01 by the purchase of insurance on
behalf of any one or more of such Directors,  Officers or employees,  whether or
not the corporation  would be obligated to indemnify or advance Expenses to such
Director,  Officer or employee  under this Section 8.01. All  capitalized  terms
used in this  Article  VIII and not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall  have the
meaning set forth in Section 180.0850 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.

                             ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

       9.01 By  Shareholders.  These  bylaws may be amended or repealed  and new
bylaws may be adopted by the  shareholders  at any annual or special  meeting of
the shareholders at which a quorum is in attendance.

       9.02 By Directors. Except as otherwise provided by the Wisconsin Business
Corporation Law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, these bylaws may
also be  amended  or  repealed  and new  bylaws  may be  adopted by the Board of
Directors  provided,  however,  that the  shareholders in adopting,  amending or
repealing a particular bylaw may provide therein that the Board of Directors may
not amend, repeal or readopt that bylaw and provided, further, that the Board of
Directors shall have no power to amend or repeal any provisions of Article II.


                                       12
<PAGE>

       9.03  Implied   Amendments.   Any  action  taken  or  authorized  by  the
shareholders or by the Board of Directors  which would be inconsistent  with the
bylaws then in effect but which is taken or  authorized by  affirmative  vote of
not less than the number of shares or the number of directors  required to amend
the bylaws so that the bylaws  would be  consistent  with such  action  shall be
given the same  effect as though  the  bylaws  had been  temporarily  amended or
suspended so far, but only so far, as is necessary to permit the specific action
so taken or authorized.

                        ARTICLE X. SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

       10.01 Annual Meetings.

           (a)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of
the   corporation  and  the  proposal  of  business  to  be  considered  by  the
shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders by any shareholder
of the  corporation  who (i) is a shareholder of record at the time of giving of
notice  provided  for in this  Section  10.01,  (ii) is  entitled to vote at the
meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section
10.01.

           (b) For  nominations or other business to be properly  brought before
an annual meeting of shareholders by a shareholder,  such  shareholder must have
given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the  corporation.  To
be timely,  a  shareholder's  notice  shall be received by the  Secretary of the
corporation  at the  principal  offices  of the  corporation  not later than the
earlier of (i) the date 45 days prior to the first anniversary (the "Anniversary
Date") of the date set forth, in the corporation's  proxy statement for the last
annual meeting of shareholders held by the corporation, as the date on which the
corporation  first mailed  definitive proxy materials for such annual meeting of
shareholders  and (ii) the  later  of (x) the date 70 days  prior to the  annual
meeting of shareholders before which the shareholder providing notice desires to
bring the  business  set forth in the notice and (y) the date 10 days  following
the day on which public  announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.
Such  shareholder's  notice  shall be signed by the  shareholder  of record  who
intends to make the  nomination  or  introduce  the other  business (or his duly
authorized proxy or other  representative),  shall bear the date of signature of
such shareholder (or proxy or other representative) and shall set forth: (A) the
name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of such shareholder
and the  beneficial  owner or owners,  if any, on whose behalf the nomination or
other  proposal is made;  (B) the class and number of shares of the  corporation
that are  beneficially  owned by such shareholder or beneficial owner or owners;
(C) a  representation  that such  shareholder is a holder of record of shares of
the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person
or by proxy at the  meeting  to make  the  nomination  or  introduce  the  other
business specified in the notice; (D) in the case of any proposed nomination for
election or re-election as a director,  (i) the name and residential  address of
the person or persons to be nominated, (ii) a description of all arrangements or
understandings  between such  shareholder or beneficial owner or owners and each
nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant
to which the  nomination  is to be made by such  shareholder,  (iii)  such other
information  regarding  each nominee  proposed by such  shareholder  as would be
required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies


                                       13
<PAGE>

for elections of directors,  or would be otherwise required to be disclosed,  in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
(the "Exchange  Act"),  including any  information  that would be required to be
included in a proxy  statement  filed pursuant to Regulation 14A had the nominee
been  nominated by the Board of Directors  and (iv) the written  consent of each
nominee  to be named in a proxy  statement  and to  serve as a  director  of the
corporation  if so elected;  and (E) in the case of any other business that such
shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, (i) a brief description of the
business desired to be brought before the meeting and, if such business includes
a proposal to amend these bylaws, the language of the proposed  amendment,  (ii)
such shareholder's and beneficial owner's or owners' reasons for conducting such
business at the meeting and (iii) any material interest in such business of such
shareholder and beneficial owner or owners.

           (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.01 to
the  contrary,  in the event that the number of  directors  to be elected to the
Board of  Directors  of the  corporation  is  increased  and  there is no public
announcement  naming all of the nominees for director or specifying  the size of
the increased  Board of Directors made by the corporation at least 45 days prior
to the Anniversary  Date, a shareholder's  notice required by this Section 10.01
shall also be considered  timely,  but only with respect to nominees for any new
positions created by such increase,  if it shall be received by the Secretary at
the principal offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on
the 10th day following the day on which such public  announcement  is first made
by the corporation.

       10.02 Special Meetings.

           (a) Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of the
shareholders  of the  corporation  as is described in the notice of such meeting
sent to shareholders in accordance with Section 2.04 of these bylaws.

           (b)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at
a special  meeting of  shareholders  at which directors are to be elected may be
made a shareholder  only if such  shareholder  (i) is a shareholder of record at
the time of giving of notice of such  meeting,  (ii) is  entitled to vote at the
meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section
10.02.

           (c) Any shareholder  desiring to nominate persons for election to the
Board of Directors at such a special  meeting shall cause a written notice to be
received by the Secretary of the  corporation  at the  principal  offices of the
corporation  not earlier than ninety days prior to such special  meeting and not
later than the close of  business  on the later of (x) the date 60 days prior to
such special  meeting and (y) the date 10 days following the day on which public
announcement  is  first  made of the  date of such  special  meeting  and of the
nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.  Such
written notice shall be signed by the  shareholder of record who intends to make
the nomination (or his duly  authorized  proxy or other  representative),  shall
bear  the  date  of   signature   of  such   shareholder   (or  proxy  or  other
representative) and shall set forth: (i) the name and address, as they appear on
the corporation's books, of such shareholder and the beneficial owner or owners,
if any, on whose  behalf the  nomination  is made;  (ii) the class and number of
shares of 

<PAGE>

the corporation  which are beneficially  owned by such shareholder or beneficial
owner or owners;  (iii) a  representation  that such  shareholder is a holder of
record of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends
to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to make the nomination  specified
in the notice;  (iv) the name and residence  address of the person or persons to
be nominated;  (v) a description of all arrangements or  understandings  between
such  shareholder  or beneficial  owner or owners and each nominee and any other
person  or  persons  (naming  such  person  or  persons)  pursuant  to which the
nomination  is to be made by  such  shareholder;  (vi)  such  other  information
regarding each nominee  proposed by such  shareholder as would be required to be
disclosed in  solicitations  of proxies for elections of directors,  or would be
otherwise  required to be disclosed,  in each case  pursuant to  Regulation  14A
under the Exchange Act,  including any information  that would be required to be
included in a proxy  statement  filed pursuant to Regulation 14A had the nominee
been nominated by the Board of Directors;  and (vii) the written consent of each
nominee  to be named in a proxy  statement  and to  serve as a  director  of the
corporation if so elected.

       10.03 General.

           (a) Only  persons who are  nominated  by or at the  direction  of the
Board of Directors or nominated by shareholders of the corporation in compliance
with the  procedures  set forth in this  Article X shall be eligible to serve as
directors. Only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting or special
meeting of  shareholders as shall have been brought before such meeting by or at
the direction of the Board of Directors or by a shareholder  in compliance  with
the  procedures  set forth in this  Article X. The  chairman  of any  meeting of
shareholders  shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or
any business  proposed to be brought  before the meeting was made in  accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Article X and, if any proposed  nomination
or  business  is not in  compliance  with this  Article X, to declare  that such
defective proposal shall be disregarded.

           (b) For purposes of this Article X, "public  announcement" shall mean
disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated
Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the
corporation with the Securities and Exchange  Commission pursuant to Section 13,
14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

           (c) In addition to complying  with the  foregoing  provisions of this
Article X, a shareholder  shall comply with all applicable  requirements  of the
Exchange  Act and the rules  and  regulations  thereunder  with  respect  to the
matters set forth in this  Article X.  Nothing in this Article X shall be deemed
to limit the corporation's  obligation to include  shareholder  proposals in its
proxy  statement if such  inclusion is required by Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange
Act.





                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12

                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                                  Adopted 12/20/94
                                                  Effective 1/30/95
                                              As Amended Through 1/28/99
                                 -----------------------------------------------

                           SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.
                           1995 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1.      Purpose

       The purpose of Schultz Sav-O Stores, Inc. 1995 Equity Incentive Plan (the
"Plan") is to promote the best  interests of Schultz  Sav-O  Stores,  Inc.  (the
"Company")  and its  shareholders  by providing key employees of the Company and
its  Affiliates (as defined below) with an opportunity to acquire a, or increase
their,  proprietary  interest in the Company.  It is intended that the Plan will
promote  continuity of management and increased  incentive and personal interest
in the  welfare  of the  Company  by  those  key  employees  who  are  primarily
responsible for shaping and carrying out the long-range plans of the Company and
securing the Company's continued growth and financial success.

Section 2.      Definitions

       As used in the  Plan,  the  following  terms  shall  have the  respective
meanings set forth below:

       (a)  "Affiliate"  shall mean any entity that,  directly or through one or
more  intermediaries,  is controlled  by,  controls,  or is under common control
with, the Company.

       (b) "Award" shall mean any Option,  Stock Appreciation Right,  Restricted
Stock or Performance Share granted under the Plan.

       (c) "Award Agreement" shall mean any written agreement, contract or other
instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under the Plan.

       (d) "Code" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

       (e) "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

       (f) "Committee" shall mean the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of
the Board of Directors of the Company (or any other committee thereof designated
by such Board to administer the Plan); provided,  however, that the Committee is
composed  of not  less  than  two  directors,  each of whom is a  "disinterested
person" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

       (g)  "Exchange  Act" shall mean the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended from time to time.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

       (h)  "Fair  Market  Value"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any  property
(including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities), the fair market
value of such  property  determined  by such methods or  procedures  as shall be
established from time to time by the Committee.

       (i)  "Incentive  Stock Option" shall mean an option granted under Section
6(a) of the Plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the
Code (or any successor provision thereto).

       (j) "Key  Employee"  shall mean any officer or other key  employee of the
Company  or of any  Affiliate  who is  responsible  for  or  contributes  to the
management,  growth or  profitability  of the  business  of the  Company  or any
Affiliate as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

       (k)  "Non-Qualified  Stock  Option"  shall mean an option  granted  under
Section 6(a) of the Plan that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

       (l)  "Option"  shall mean an Incentive  Stock  Option or a  Non-Qualified
Stock Option.

       (m) "Participating Key Employee" shall mean a Key Employee  designated to
be granted an Award under the Plan.

       (n) "Performance  Period" shall mean, in relation to Performance  Shares,
any period for which a performance goal or goals have been established.

       (o)  "Performance  Share" shall mean any right granted under Section 6(d)
of the Plan that will be paid out as a Share (which, in specified circumstances,
may be a Share of Restricted Stock).

       (p)  "Person"  shall  mean  any  individual,  corporation,   partnership,
association,   joint-stock  company,  trust,   unincorporated   organization  or
government or political subdivision thereof.

       (q)  "Released  Securities"  shall mean Shares of  Restricted  Stock with
respect  to which  all  applicable  restrictions  have  expired,  lapsed or been
waived.

       (r)  "Restricted  Securities"  shall mean Awards of  Restricted  Stock or
other  Awards  under which  issued and  outstanding  Shares are held  subject to
certain restrictions.

       (s) "Restricted Stock" shall mean any Share granted under Section 6(c) of
the Plan or, in  specified  circumstances,  a Share  paid in  connection  with a
Performance Share under Section 6(e) of the Plan.

       (t) "Rule 16b-3" shall mean Rule 16b-3 as  promulgated  by the Commission
under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

       (u) "Shares" shall mean shares of common stock of the Company,  $0.05 par
value (including the associated  Common Stock Purchase  Rights),  and such other
securities or property as may become subject to Awards pursuant to an adjustment
made under Section 4(b) of the Plan.

       (v) "Stock Appreciation Right" shall mean any right granted under Section
6(b) of the Plan.

Section 3.      Administration

       The Plan shall be administered by the Committee;  provided, however, that
if at any time the  Committee  shall not be in  existence,  the functions of the
Committee as  specified  in the Plan shall be exercised by those  members of the
Board of Directors of the Company who qualify as  "disinterested  persons" under
Rule  16b-3.  Subject to the terms of the Plan and  applicable  laws and without
limitation by reason of enumeration, the Committee shall have full discretionary
power  and  authority  to:  (i)  designate  Participating  Key  Employees;  (ii)
determine  the type or types of Awards to be granted to each  Participating  Key
Employee under the Plan;  (iii)  determine the number of Shares to be covered by
(or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated
in  connection  with)  Awards  granted  to  Participating  Key  Employees;  (iv)
determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted to a  Participating  Key
Employee;  (v) determine  whether,  to what extent and under what  circumstances
Awards  granted to  Participating  Key  Employees may be settled or exercised in
cash, Shares, other securities,  other Awards or other property,  and the method
or methods by which  Awards may be settled,  exercised,  canceled,  forfeited or
suspended;  (vi) determine whether,  to what extent and under what circumstances
cash,  Shares,  other Awards and other amounts  payable with respect to an Award
granted to  Participating  Key Employees under the Plan shall be deferred either
automatically  or at the  election  of the holder  thereof or of the  Committee;
(vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating
to, or Award made under,  the Plan  (including,  without  limitation,  any Award
Agreement); (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations
and  appoint  such  agents  as  it  shall  deem   appropriate   for  the  proper
administration  of the Plan; and (ix) make any other  determination and take any
other  action  that  the  Committee   deems   necessary  or  desirable  for  the
administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all
designations, determinations,  interpretations and other decisions under or with
respect  to the Plan or any Award  shall be within  the sole  discretion  of the
Committee,  may be made at any time or from  time to time,  and  shall be final,
conclusive and binding upon all Persons,  including the Company,  any Affiliate,
any  Participating  Key Employee,  any holder or beneficiary  of any Award,  any
shareholder and any employee of the Company or of any Affiliate.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Section 4.     Shares Available for Award

       (a) Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b):

           (i) Number of Shares Available.  The number of Shares with respect to
which Awards may be granted  under the Plan shall be  1,250,000,  subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 6(c)(i).

           (ii) Accounting for Awards.  The number of Shares covered by an Award
under the Plan, or to which such Award relates,  shall be counted on the date of
grant of such Award against the number of Shares  available for granting  Awards
under the Plan.

           (iii)  Sources  of  Shares   Deliverable  Under  Awards.  Any  Shares
delivered  pursuant to an Award may consist,  in whole or in part, of authorized
and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

       (b) Adjustments. In the event that the Committee shall determine that any
dividend  or other  distribution  (whether  in the form of cash,  Shares,  other
securities  or other  property),  recapitalization,  stock split,  reverse stock
split, reorganization,  merger, consolidation,  split-up, spin-off, combination,
repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of
warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other  securities of the Company,
or other similar corporate  transaction or event affects the Shares such that an
adjustment is determined by the Committee to be  appropriate in order to prevent
dilution or  enlargement  of the benefits or potential  benefits  intended to be
made available  under the Plan, then the Committee may, in such manner as it may
deem  equitable,  adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares subject
to the Plan and which  thereafter  may be made the  subject of Awards  under the
Plan;  (ii) the number and type of Shares  subject to  outstanding  Awards;  and
(iii) the grant,  purchase or exercise  price with respect to any Award,  or, if
deemed  appropriate,  make  provision  for a cash  payment  to the  holder of an
outstanding Award; provided,  however, in each case, that with respect to Awards
of Incentive Stock Options no such adjustment  shall be authorized to the extent
that such authority  would cause the Plan to violate  Section 422(b) of the Code
(or any successor  provision  thereto);  and provided further that the number of
Shares  subject to any Award payable or  denominated in Shares shall always be a
whole number.

Section 5.      Eligibility

       Any Key Employee, including any executive officer or employee-director of
the Company or of any Affiliate,  who is not a member of the Committee  shall be
eligible to be designated a Participating Key Employee.

Section 6.      Awards

       (a) Option Awards. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to
Key  Employees  with the terms and  conditions  as set forth below and with such
additional  terms and  conditions,  in  either  case not  inconsistent  with the
provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine in its discretion.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

           (i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share of an Option granted
pursuant to this Section 6(a) shall be  determined by the  Committee;  provided,
however, that such exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market
Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option.

           (ii)  Option  Term.  The  term of each  Option  shall be fixed by the
Committee;  provided,  however,  that in no event  shall the term of any  Option
exceed a period of seven years from the date of its grant.

           (iii)  Exercisability and Method of Exercise.  An Option shall become
exercisable  in such  manner  and  within  such  period or  periods  and in such
installments or otherwise as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee
also shall  determine  the  method or  methods by which,  and the form or forms,
including,  without limitation,  cash, Shares,  other securities,  other Awards,
other  property or any  combination  thereof,  having a Fair Market Value on the
exercise  date equal to the relevant  exercise  price,  in which  payment of the
exercise  price  with  respect  to any Option may be made or deemed to have been
made.

           (iv) Incentive Stock Options. The terms of any Incentive Stock Option
granted  under the Plan shall  comply in all  respects  with the  provisions  of
Section 422 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) and any regulations
promulgated  thereunder.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in  the  Plan  to the
contrary,  no Incentive  Stock Option may be granted  hereunder  after the tenth
anniversary  of the  adoption  of the  Plan by the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Company.

       (b) Stock  Appreciation  Right Awards. The Committee is hereby authorized
to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Key Employees. Subject to the terms of the
Plan and any applicable  Award  Agreement,  a Stock  Appreciation  Right granted
under the Plan  shall  confer on the  holder  thereof a right to  receive,  upon
exercise  thereof,  the excess of (i) the Fair Market  Value of one Share on the
date of exercise  over (ii) the grant price of the Stock  Appreciation  Right as
specified by the Committee, which shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market
Value of one Share on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. Subject
to the terms of the Plan, the grant price, term, methods of exercise, methods of
settlement  (including  whether the  Participating  Key Employee will be paid in
cash,  Shares,  other  securities,  other  Awards,  or  other  property  or  any
combination  thereof),   and  any  other  terms  and  conditions  of  any  Stock
Appreciation  Right shall be as determined  by the Committee in its  discretion.
The Committee may impose such  conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any
Stock  Appreciation  Right  as  it  may  deem  appropriate,  including,  without
limitation,  restricting the time of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right to
specified periods as may be necessary to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

       (c) Restricted Stock Awards

           (i) Issuance.  The Committee is hereby  authorized to grant Awards of
Restricted Stock to Key Employees;  provided, however, that the aggregate number
of Shares of Restricted  Stock granted under the Plan to all  Participating  Key
Employees  as a group  shall not exceed  75,000  Shares  (such  number of Shares
subject to adjustment  in  accordance  with the terms of Section 4(b) hereof) of
the total number of Shares available for Awards under Section 4(a)(i).

           (ii)   Restrictions.   Shares  of   Restricted   Stock   granted   to
Participating  Key  Employees  shall  be  subject  to such  restrictions  as the
Committee  may impose in its  discretion  (including,  without  limitation,  any
limitation  on the  right to vote a Share of  Restricted  Stock or the  right to
receive any dividend or other right or property),  which  restrictions may lapse
separately or in  combination  at such time or times,  in such  installments  or
otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate in its discretion.

           (iii) Registration.  Any Restricted Stock granted under the Plan to a
Participating  Key Employee may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may
deem appropriate in its discretion,  including,  without limitation,  book-entry
registration or issuance of a stock  certificate or  certificates.  In the event
any stock certificate is issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock granted
under  the Plan to a  Participating  Key  Employee,  such  certificate  shall be
registered  in the name of the  Participating  Key  Employee  and shall  bear an
appropriate  legend (as  determined  by the  Committee)  referring to the terms,
conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

           (iv)  Payment  of  Restricted  Stock.  At the  end of the  applicable
restriction  period relating to Restricted Stock granted to a Participating  Key
Employee,  one or more stock  certificates for the appropriate number of Shares,
free  of  restrictions  imposed  under  the  Plan,  shall  be  delivered  to the
Participating  Key Employee or, if the Participating Key Employee received stock
certificates representing the Restricted Stock at the time of grant, the legends
placed on such certificates shall be removed.

           (v)  Forfeiture.  Except as otherwise  determined by the Committee in
its discretion,  upon termination of employment of a Participating  Key Employee
(as determined  under criteria  established by the Committee in its  discretion)
for  any  reason  during  the  applicable  restriction  period,  all  Shares  of
Restricted  Stock  still  subject  to  restriction  shall  be  forfeited  by the
Participating Key Employee;  provided,  however, that the Committee may, when it
finds that a waiver  would be in the best  interests  of the  Company,  waive in
whole or in part any or all  remaining  restrictions  with  respect to Shares of
Restricted Stock held by a Participating Key Employee.

       (d) Performance Share Awards

           (i) Issuance.  The Committee is hereby  authorized to grant Awards of
Performance Shares to Key Employees.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

           (ii) Performance Goals and Other Terms. The Committee shall determine
in its discretion the Performance  Period,  the performance  goal or goals to be
achieved during any Performance  Period, the proportion of payments,  if any, to
be made for performance  between the minimum and full  performance  levels,  the
restrictions  applicable to Shares of Restricted  Stock received upon payment of
Performance  Shares if Performance Shares are paid in such manner, and any other
terms,  conditions  and  rights  relating  to a  grant  of  Performance  Shares.
Performance  goals  established  by the  Committee  may be  based on one or more
measures such as return on shareholders' equity,  earnings or any other standard
or standards deemed relevant by the Committee,  measured  internally or relative
to other organizations and before or after extraordinary items.

           (iii)  Rights  and  Benefits  During  the  Performance   Period.  The
Committee may provide that,  during a Performance  Period,  a Participating  Key
Employee shall be paid cash amounts, with respect to each Performance Share held
by such Participating Key Employee, in the same manner, at the same time, and in
the same amount paid, as a cash dividend on a Share. Participating Key Employees
shall have no voting rights with respect to Performance Shares held by them.

           (iv)  Adjustments  with  Respect  to  Performance  Shares.  Any other
provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding,  the Committee may in its
discretion  at any time or from  time to time  adjust  performance  goals (up or
down) and minimum or full performance  levels (and any  intermediate  levels and
proportion of payments related thereto),  adjust the manner in which performance
goals are measured,  or shorten any  Performance  Period or waive in whole or in
part any or all  remaining  restrictions  with  respect to Shares of  Restricted
Stock issued in payment of Performance Shares, if the Committee  determines that
conditions,  including  but not limited to,  changes in the economy,  changes in
competitive conditions, changes in laws or governmental regulations,  changes in
generally accepted accounting  principles,  changes in the Company's  accounting
policies,  acquisitions or dispositions by the Company or its Affiliates, or the
occurrence of other unusual, unforeseen or extraordinary events, so warrant.

           (v)  Payment  of  Performance   Shares.  As  soon  as  is  reasonably
practicable following the end of the applicable  Performance Period, one or more
certificates   representing  the  number  of  Shares  equal  to  the  number  of
Performance  Shares  payable shall be registered in the name of and delivered to
the Participating Key Employee; provided, however, that any Shares of Restricted
Stock  payable  in  connection  with  Performance  Shares  shall,   pending  the
expiration, lapse, or waiver of the applicable restrictions, be evidenced in the
manner as set forth in Section 6(c)(iii) hereof.

       (e) General

           (i)  No  Consideration  for  Awards.   Awards  shall  be  granted  to
Participating  Key  Employees  for  no  cash   consideration   unless  otherwise
determined by the Committee.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

           (ii) Award  Agreements.  Each Award  granted  under the Plan shall be
evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form  (consistent  with the terms of the
Plan) as shall have been approved by the Committee.

           (iii)  Awards  May Be  Granted  Separately  or  Together.  Awards  to
Participating  Key  Employees  under the Plan may be granted  either alone or in
addition  to, in tandem  with,  or in  substitution  for, any other Award or any
award  granted  under any other  plan of the  Company or any  Affiliate.  Awards
granted in addition to, or in tandem with,  other Awards,  or in addition to, or
in tandem  with,  awards  granted  under any other  plan of the  Company  or any
Affiliate, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from
the grant of such other Awards or awards.

           (iv) Forms of Payment Under Awards.  Subject to the terms of the Plan
and of any applicable Award  Agreement,  payments or transfers to be made by the
Company or an  Affiliate  upon the grant,  exercise  or payment of an Award to a
Participating  Key Employee  may be made in such form or forms as the  Committee
shall  determine,  and  may  be  made  in  a  single  payment  or  transfer,  in
installments,  or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and
procedures  established  by the  Committee  in its  discretion.  Such  rules and
procedures  may  include,  without  limitation,  provisions  for the  payment or
crediting of interest on installment or deferred payments.

           (v) Limits on Transfer of Options.  Except as  otherwise  provided by
the Board of Directors of the Company or the Committee, Awards granted under the
Plan shall not be transferable other than as designated by the Participating Key
Employee by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution.  In the event that
the Board of Directors of the Company or the  Committee  shall permit a transfer
of an  Award,  any  permitted  transferee  shall  have all of the  rights of the
Participating  Key Employee under the Plan, as if the Participating Key Employee
had retained such Award.

           (vi) Term of Awards.  Except as otherwise  provided in the Plan,  the
term  of each  Award  shall  be for  such  period  as may be  determined  by the
Committee.

           (vii) Rule 16b-3  Six-Month  Limitations.  To the extent  required in
order to comply with Rule 16b-3 only, any equity  security  offered  pursuant to
the Plan may not be sold for at least six months  after  acquisition,  except in
the case of death or disability,  and any derivative security issued pursuant to
the Plan shall not be  exercisable  for at least six  months,  except in case of
death or disability of the holder thereof.  Terms used in the preceding sentence
shall,  for the  purposes of such  sentence  only,  have the  meanings,  if any,
assigned or attributed to them under Rule 16b-3.

           (viii)  Share  Certificates;   Representation.  In  addition  to  the
restrictions  imposed  pursuant to Section  6(c) and Section  6(d)  hereof,  all
certificates  for Shares  delivered  under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the
exercise  thereof  shall be  subject  to such  stop  transfer  orders  and other
restrictions  as the Committee may deem  advisable  under the Plan or the rules,
regulations and other requirements of the Commission, Nasdaq Stock Market or any
stock exchange or other market upon which such Shares are then listed or traded,
and any applicable federal or state securities laws, and the Committee may cause
a legend  or  legends  to

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

be  put  on  any  such  certificates  to  make  appropriate  reference  to  such
restrictions.  The Committee  may require each  Participating  Key Employee,  or
other Person who acquires Shares under the Plan by means of an Award  originally
made to a Participating Key Employee to represent to the Company in writing that
such Participating Key Employee, or other Person is acquiring the Shares without
a view to the distribution thereof.

Section 7.      Amendment and Termination of the Plan; Correction of Defects and
                Omissions

       (a) Amendments to and  Termination of the Plan. The Board of Directors of
the Company may at any time amend, alter, suspend,  discontinue or terminate the
Plan; provided,  however, that shareholder approval of any amendment of the Plan
shall  also  be  obtained  if  otherwise  required  by:  (i)  the  rules  and/or
regulations  promulgated  under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (in order for the
Plan to  remain  qualified  under  Rule  16b-3);  (ii)  the  Code  or any  rules
promulgated  thereunder  (in order to allow for  Incentive  Stock  Options to be
granted under the Plan);  or (iii) the quotation or listing  requirements of the
Nasdaq National Market or any principal  securities  exchange or market on which
the Shares are then traded (in order to maintain the quotation or listing of the
Shares  thereon).  Termination  of the Plan  shall  not  affect  the  rights  of
Participating Key Employees with respect to Awards  previously  granted to them,
and all unexpired Awards shall continue in force and effect after termination of
the Plan  except  as they may  lapse or be  terminated  by their  own  terms and
conditions.

       (b) Correction of Defects,  Omissions and Inconsistencies.  The Committee
may in its discretion  correct any defect,  supply any omission or reconcile any
inconsistency in any Award or Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it
shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

Section 8.      General Provisions

       (a) No Rights to Awards.  No Key Employee,  Participating Key Employee or
other  Person  shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan,  and
there  is  no  obligation   for   uniformity  of  treatment  of  Key  Employees,
Participating  Key  Employees  or holders or  beneficiaries  of Awards under the
Plan.  The terms and  conditions  of Awards need not be the same with respect to
each Participating Key Employee.

       (b)  Withholding.  No later  than the  date as of which an  amount  first
becomes  includible  in the gross  income of a  Participating  Key  Employee for
federal  income  tax  purposes  with  respect to any Award  under the Plan,  the
Participating  Key  Employee  shall  pay to the  Company,  or make  arrangements
satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal,  state, local
or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such
amount.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee,  withholding  obligations
arising with respect to Awards to Participating Key Employees under the Plan may
be settled  with Shares  previously  owned by the  Participating  Key  Employee;
provided,  however,  that the  Participating  Key  Employee  may not settle such
obligations  with Shares that are part of, or are received upon exercise of, the
Award that gives rise to the  withholding  requirement.  The  obligations of the
Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and
the Company and any Affiliate  shall,  to the extent  permitted by 


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

law,  have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment  otherwise due to
the Participating  Key Employee.  The Committee may establish such procedures as
it deems  appropriate for the settling of withholding  obligations  with Shares,
including,  without  limitation,  the establishment of such procedures as may be
necessary to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3.

       (c) No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the
Plan shall prevent the Company or any  Affiliate  from adopting or continuing in
effect other or additional compensation arrangements,  and such arrangements may
be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

       (d)  Rights  and Status of  Recipients  of Awards.  The grant of an Award
shall not be  construed as giving a  Participating  Key Employee the right to be
retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate.  Further, the Company or
any  Affiliate  may at any  time  dismiss  a  Participating  Key  Employee  from
employment,  free  from any  liability,  or any claim  under  the  Plan,  unless
otherwise  expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.  Except for
rights  accorded  under  the Plan and  under  any  applicable  Award  Agreement,
Participating  Key  Employees  shall  have no rights as  holders  of Shares as a
result of the granting of Awards hereunder.

       (e)  Unfunded  Status of the Plan.  Unless  otherwise  determined  by the
Committee,  the Plan shall be unfunded  and shall not create (or be construed to
create) a trust or a separate  fund or funds.  The Plan shall not  establish any
fiduciary   relationship   between  the  Company  or  the   Committee   and  any
Participating  Key Employee or other Person.  To the extent any Person holds any
right by  virtue  of a grant  under  the  Plan,  such  right  (unless  otherwise
determined by the Committee)  shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured
general creditor of the Company.

       (f) Governing Law. The validity,  construction and effect of the Plan and
any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance
with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin and applicable federal law.

       (g) Severability.  If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement or
any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in
any  jurisdiction,  or as to any Person or Award, or would  disqualify the Plan,
any  Award  Agreement  or any  Award  under  any law  deemed  applicable  by the
Committee,  such  provision  shall be construed or deemed  amended to conform to
applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended  without,  in
the determination of the Committee,  materially altering the intent of the Plan,
any Award  Agreement or the Award,  such provision  shall be stricken as to such
jurisdiction,  Person or Award,  and the  remainder of the Plan,  any such Award
Agreement and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

       (h) No Fractional  Shares. No fractional Shares or other securities shall
be issued or delivered  pursuant to the Plan, any Award  Agreement or any Award,
and the Committee  shall  determine  (except as otherwise  provided in the Plan)
whether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in
lieu of any fractional  Shares or other  securities,  or whether such fractional
Shares or other  securities or any rights thereto shall be canceled,  terminated
or otherwise eliminated.

       (i) Headings.  Headings are given to the Sections and  subsections of the
Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be
deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or  interpretation of
the Plan or any provision thereof.

Section 9.      Effective Date of the Plan

       The Plan shall be effective as of January 30, 1995 subject to shareholder
approval of the Plan within 12 months following the date of adoption of the Plan
by the Board of  Directors,  and all Awards  granted under the Plan prior to the
date of shareholder approval shall be subject to such approval and the effective
date of such  Award  grants  shall be deemed to be the date of such  shareholder
approval.

Section 10.     Term of the Plan

       No Award shall be granted under the Plan following the fifth  anniversary
of its effective date. However,  unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan
or in an applicable Award Agreement,  any Award  theretofore  granted may extend
beyond such date and, to the extent set forth in the Plan,  the authority of the
Committee to amend, alter,  adjust,  suspend,  discontinue or terminate any such
Award,  or to waive any  conditions  or  restrictions  with  respect to any such
Award,  and the  authority of the Board of Directors of the Company to amend the
Plan, shall extend beyond such date.


                                      -11-


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13

                           SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.
                       NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

       THIS  AGREEMENT,  made and  entered  into as of this  day of , 199_  (the
"Grant  Date"),  by  and  between  SCHULTZ  SAV-O  STORES,   INC.,  a  Wisconsin
corporation (the "Company"), and (the "Optionee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

       WHEREAS,  the  terms  of the  Schultz  Sav-O  Stores,  Inc.  1995  Equity
Incentive Plan (the "Plan"),  to the extent not stated herein,  are specifically
incorporated  by reference in this Agreement and defined terms used herein which
are not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan;

       WHEREAS,  the  purpose  of the Plan is to  permit  the  grant of  various
equity-based  incentive  awards,  including  options to  purchase  shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock,  $.05 par value  ("Common  Stock"),  to be  granted to
certain key employees of the Company;

       WHEREAS,  the  Optionee is now  employed by the Company in a key capacity
and has  exhibited  judgment,  initiative  and  efforts  which have  contributed
materially to the successful performance of the Company; and

       WHEREAS,  the  Company  desires the  Optionee to remain in the  Company's
employ and wishes to provide  the  Optionee  with the  opportunity  to secure or
increase his stock  ownership in the Company in order to develop even a stronger
incentive to put forth maximum  effort for the  continued  success and growth of
the Company.

       NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the covenants and
agreements  herein set forth, the parties hereby mutually  covenant and agree as
follows:

       1. Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and
this  Agreement,  and  shareholder  approval of the Plan at the  Company's  1995
annual meeting of  shareholders,  the Company grants to the Optionee this option
(the  "Option")  to purchase  from the Company all or any part of the  aggregate
number of ______  shares of Common  Stock (the  "Optioned  Shares"),  subject to
adjustment  as provided in Paragraph 7. This Option is intended to  constitute a
nonqualified  stock option and shall not be treated as an incentive stock option
within the meaning of Section  422A of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended.

       2. Option  Price.  The option  price to be paid for the  Optioned  Shares
shall be $______ per share,  subject to  adjustment  as provided in Paragraph 7.
The per share option price has been  determined  by the  Compensation  and Stock
Option Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors of the Company (the
"Board") to be not less than 100% of the fair market  value of the Common  Stock
on the Grant Date.

                                      
<PAGE>

       3.     Exercise of Option.

       a.  Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Plan and  except  as
otherwise  provided  in this  Agreement,  this  Option may be  exercised  by the
Optionee while in the employ of the Company,  in whole or in part,  from time to
time or at any time,  beginning  on the  Grant  Date and  ending on the  seventh
anniversary of the Grant Date (the  "Termination  Date") in accordance  with the
following schedule:

                                                 Cumulative Percentage
                    Elapsed Number of             of Optioned Shares
                  Years After Grant Date        Which May be Purchased
                  ----------------------        ----------------------

              Less Than One Year                             0%
              One Year                                  33-1/3%
              Two Years                                 66-2/3%
              Three Years and After                        100%

       b. If the Optionee is  discharged or leaves the employ of the Company for
any reason  (other than  termination  by the Company for  "cause,"  the death or
disability  of the Optionee or the  retirement  of the  Optionee),  prior to the
Termination Date, this Option, to the extent not theretofore  exercised but then
permitted to be exercised  under the percentage  limitations of Paragraph  3(a),
may be  exercised  by the  Optionee or by his legal  representative  at any time
within three months after the date of termination of employment  upon the tender
to the Company in cash or its  equivalent of the full purchase price (and not by
the tender of previously  acquired Common Stock), but in no event later than the
Termination Date.

       c. If the Optionee  dies while he is in the employ of the Company,  or if
his employment is terminated by reason of his retirement or his disability prior
to the Termination  Date, this Option,  to the extent not theretofore  exercised
(regardless of the percentage  limitations of Paragraph  3(a)), may be exercised
in whole or in part as follows:  (i) by the legal representative of the Optionee
at any time within six months after the date of the Optionee's  death or (ii) by
the Optionee or his legal  representative  at any time within three months after
the  termination  of the  Optionee's  employment  by  reason  of  retirement  or
disability, but in no event later than the Termination Date in either case.

       d. If the Optionee's employment is terminated by the Company "for cause,"
this Option to the extent not theretofore  exercised shall terminate immediately
and shall not be  exercisable  following such  termination  of  employment.  For
purposes of this Paragraph 3,  termination by the Company "for cause" shall mean
any  termination of the Optionee by reason of any action or omission on the part
of the Optionee which is deemed  contrary to the interests of the Company or not
in the  interests  of the  Company,  as  determined  by the  Board  in its  sole
discretion.

       e. This Option may be exercised  during the life of the Optionee  only by
the Optionee (or his legal representative as provided in this Paragraph 3).

                                       2
<PAGE>

       4. Manner of Exercise and Payment.  This Option may be exercised  only by
written  notice to the Company by the Optionee (or his legal  representative  as
provided in  Paragraph  3) of the  Optionee's  (or such legal  representative's)
intent to exercise all or part of this Option,  served upon the Secretary of the
Company at its office at Sheboygan, Wisconsin, specifying the number of Optioned
Shares in  respect  to which  this  Option is being  exercised,  accompanied  by
payment  of  the  aggregate  option  price  for  such  Optioned  Shares,  at the
Optionee's  (or such  legal  representative's)  election  (except  as limited in
Paragraph  3): (a) in cash or by  certified  check or bank draft to the order of
the Company; (b) by delivering  previously acquired shares of Common Stock, duly
endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank,  valued
at their  fair  market  value  at the  time of  exercise  as  determined  by the
Committee; or (c) by any combination of (a) and (b). For purposes of (b) and (c)
above, the term "previously  acquired shares of Common Stock" shall only include
Common  Stock  owned by the  Optionee  prior to the  exercise of this Option and
shall not include  shares of Common Stock which are being  acquired  pursuant to
the exercise of this Option. Upon receipt of the payment of the aggregate option
price  for all of the  Optioned  Shares  so  purchased,  certificates  for  such
Optioned  Shares shall be issued by or on behalf of the Company to the Optionee.
The Optioned  Shares so acquired,  upon payment in full of the aggregate  option
price,  shall be fully paid and  nonassessable,  except as  provided  by Section
180.0622(2) (b) of the Wisconsin Statutes.

       5.  Transferability;  Limitations.  Subject  to the  limitations  of this
Section 5, this  Option  shall be  transferable,  in whole or in part,  upon the
surrender  of this  Option by the  Optionee  to the  Company for one or more new
Options of like tenor representing,  in the aggregate, the right to purchase the
number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder, each of such new Options
to  represent  the right to purchase  such  number of shares of Common  Stock as
shall be  designated by the Optionee at the time of such  surrender,  subject to
the terms and  conditions  of the Plan and this Option.  This Option may only be
transferred by will or by the laws of descent or distribution,  or to any member
of the Optionee's  "immediate  family," as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e)
under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act") or to trusts,
partnerships or other entities  established solely for the benefit of members of
the Optionee's  immediate family;  provided,  however,  that (x) there may be no
consideration for any such transfer,  (y) subsequent transfers of any portion of
this  Option must also be in  compliance  with this  Section 5 and (z)  promptly
after making any such  transfer,  the Optionee  shall provide to the Company the
Notice of Transfer of Option attached as Exhibit 1 hereto.  In the event of such
a permitted transfer of this Option, the transferee shall have all of the rights
of the Optionee under the Plan and this Option,  as if the Optionee had retained
this  Option.  The terms of this  Option  shall be  binding  upon the  permitted
transferees, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

       6. Tax Withholding.

           a. The Company may require as a condition  precedent  to the issuance
or transfer of any shares of Common Stock upon  exercise of this Option that the
Optionee pay to the Company,  upon its demand,  or otherwise  make  arrangements
satisfactory  to the Company for payment of, such amount as may be  requested by
the  Company  for the  purpose  of 


                                       3
<PAGE>

satisfying the Company's tax withholding requirement. If the amount so requested
is not so paid or if such  arrangements  are not made, the Company may refuse to
issue or transfer any Optioned Shares upon exercise of this Option.

           b. The  Optionee  shall be  permitted  to satisfy the  Company's  tax
withholding  requirements by delivering  shares of previously owned Common Stock
having a fair market value (as  determined by the  Committee) on the date income
is recognized by the Optionee (the "Tax Date")  pursuant to the exercise of this
Option equal to the minimum  amount  required to be  withheld.  If the number of
shares of Common  Stock  determined  pursuant to the  preceding  sentence  shall
include a fractional  share,  the number of shares delivered shall be reduced to
the next lower whole number and the Optionee  shall  deliver to the Company cash
in lieu of such fractional  share, in an amount equal to the Common Stock's then
fair market value as determined by the Committee, or otherwise make arrangements
satisfactory to the Company for payment of such amount

       7.  Adjustment  to Optioned  Shares and Option  Price.  In the event of a
capital adjustment  resulting from a stock dividend (other than a stock dividend
in lieu of an ordinary cash dividend),  stock split,  reorganization,  spin-off,
split-up or distribution of assets to  shareholders,  recapitalization,  merger,
consolidation,  combination  or  exchange  of shares or the like,  the  Optioned
Shares and the per share  option price (but not the  aggregate  option price for
all Optioned Shares,  as adjusted) shall be adjusted in a manner consistent with
such capital adjustment and in accordance with the Plan; provided, however, that
no such adjustment shall require the Company to issue any fractional  shares and
the adjustment shall be limited accordingly as determined by the Committee.  The
determination of the Committee as to any adjustment shall be final.

       8.  Transfer  Restrictions.  The  Optioned  Shares  to be  acquired  upon
exercise of this  Option may not be sold or offered for sale except  pursuant to
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
("Act"),  or in a  transaction  which,  in the opinion of legal  counsel for the
Company, is exempt from the registration provisions of the Act.

       9. Status of Optionee.  The Optionee shall not be deemed for any purposes
to be a  shareholder  of the Company with respect to any of the Optioned  Shares
except to the extent that this Option shall have been  exercised,  the aggregate
option price for the Optioned Shares  purchased shall have been fully paid and a
stock  certificate  shall  have  been  issued  by or on  behalf  of the  Company
therefor.

       10.  Employment.  It is fully  understood that nothing  contained in this
Agreement  or the Plan shall be deemed to confer upon the  Optionee any right to
continue  in the employ of the  Company,  nor to  interfere  in any way with the
right of the Company to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

       11.  Interpretation by Committee.  As a condition of the granting of this
Option, the Optionee agrees, for himself and his legal representatives, that the
Plan and this Agreement shall be subject to discretionary  interpretation by the
Committee and that any  interpretation by the Committee of the terms of the Plan
and this  Agreement  shall be final,  binding and 

                                       4
<PAGE>

conclusive  on the  Optionee and his legal  representatives  in all respects and
shall  not  subject  to  challenge  or  dispute  by the  Optionee  or his  legal
representatives.

       12. Change in Control.

           a. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement  (including,
without limitation,  Paragraph 3) upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as
hereinafter   defined)  this  Option,   to  the  extent  then   outstanding  and
unexercised,  shall become immediately  exercisable in full for the remainder of
its term,  but prior to the  Termination  Date,  and the Optionee shall have the
right for a period of 30 days  following  the Change in  Control to require  the
Company to purchase this Option for cash at the aggregate Acceleration Price (as
hereinafter  defined)  for all  Optioned  Shares then  subject to issuance  upon
exercise of this Option; provided,  however, that, if then required by the rules
under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Section 16
Rules"),  the Optionee  shall have the right to exercise  this Option or require
the  Company to  purchase  this  Option  only if at least six months has elapsed
between the Grant Date and the Change in Control date.

           b. The "Acceleration Price" shall be the excess of the highest of the
following  over the option price per share set forth in Paragraph 2 (as the same
may be  adjusted  from time to time  pursuant to  Paragraph  7) on the Change in
Control date:

               (i) the  highest  reported  ask  price of the  Common  Stock,  as
reported on NASDAQ or the principal securities exchange or market upon which the
Common  Stock is then  listed or  traded,  on or within the 60 days prior to and
including the Change in Control date;

               (ii) the  highest  purchase  or sale  price of the  Common  Stock
reported  in a Schedule  13D or an  amendment  thereto as paid or received on or
within the 60 days prior to and including the Change in Control date;

               (iii) the  highest  tender  offer  price paid or offered  for the
Common  Stock on or within  the 60 days  prior to and  including  the  Change in
Control date; and

               (iv) the highest cash merger or similar price paid or offered for
the Common Stock on or within the 60 days prior to and  including  the Change of
Control date.

           c. A "Change in  Control"  (and the Change in Control  date) shall be
the occurrence of any one of the following events (certain defined terms used in
this Paragraph 12(c) are defined in Paragraph 12(d)):

               (i) the first day of  receipt by the  Company of a Schedule  13D,
any amendment  thereto or notice of a public  announcement  confirming  that any
Person (other than any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any subsidiary
of the Company or any Person organized, appointed or established pursuant to the
terms  of any such  benefit  plan or any  Person  who is a key  employee  of the
Company),  together  with  his  Affiliates  or  Associates,  is 


                                       5
<PAGE>

or becomes the Beneficial  Owner of securities  representing at least 20% of the
combined voting power of the Company;

               (ii) the  first day on which  two or more of the  members  of the
Board are not Continuing Directors;

               (iii) the day on which the  shareholders  of the Company  approve
(A) any business  combination,  consolidation  or merger of the Company in which
the Company is not the continuing or surviving  corporation or pursuant to which
shares of the Common Stock would be  converted  into cash,  securities  or other
property,  other than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Common
Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same  proportionate  ownership of
common stock of the surviving  corporation  immediately after the merger, or (B)
any sale,  lease,  exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of
related  transactions)  of all,  or  substantially  all,  of the  assets  of the
Company; or

               (iv) the day on which the shareholders of the Company approve any
plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

           d. For purposes of this Paragraph 12:

               (i) a "Person"  shall  mean any  individual,  firm,  corporation,
partnership, trust or other entity.

               (ii)  "Affiliate"  and  "Associate"  shall  have  the  respective
meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended.

               (iii) a Person shall be a "Beneficial  Owner" of  securities  (A)
which such Person beneficially owns,  directly or indirectly,  or (B) which such
Person has the right to acquire  (whether such right is exercisable  immediately
or only with the passage of time)  pursuant  to any  agreement,  arrangement  or
understanding  (whether or not in writing)  or upon the  exercise of  conversion
rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants,  options or otherwise,  other than if
such  Person  acquires  or has  the  right  to  acquire  such  securities  as an
underwriter,  broker,  dealer or selling  group  member in  connection  with the
public or private distribution of such securities pursuant to an underwriting or
similar agreement with the Company.

               (iv) "Continuing Directors" means any member of the Board who was
a member of the Board on December  20, 1994,  and any  successor of a Continuing
Director who is recommended  or elected to succeed the Continuing  Director by a
majority of the remaining Continuing Directors.

       13.  Modification.  At any time and from time to time the  Committee  may
direct execution of an instrument  providing for the modification,  extension or
renewal of this Option; provided, however, that no such modification,  extension
or renewal shall (a) confer on the Optionee any right or benefit which could not
be  conferred on him by the grant of a new option under the Plan at such time or
(b) alter,  impair or  adversely  affect  this Option or  Agreement  without the
written consent of the Optionee.

                                       6
<PAGE>

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed
by its duly  authorized  officer  and the  Optionee  has  hereunto  affixed  his
signature as of the day and year first above written.

                                       SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.



                                       By:  ___________________________
                                       Title:__________________________



                                       -------------------------------
                                       ___________________, Optionee



                                       7
<PAGE>


                                                                       Exhibit 1

                           SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.
                       NOTICE OF TRANSFER OF STOCK OPTION

       This Notice is intended to (i) inform  Schultz  Sav-O  Stores,  Inc. (the
"Company"), that ________________ ( the "Optionee") has transferred and assigned
to the  transferee  named below (the  "Transferee"),  a member of the Optionee's
"immediate  family," as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, or a trust, partnership or other entity established solely
for the  benefit of  members  of the  Optionee's  immediate  family,  all of the
Optionee's right,  title and interest in and to a nonqualified  stock option (or
portion thereof described below) to purchase  ___________ shares of common stock
of the  Company  at a price of  $_____  per  share,  originally  granted  to the
Optionee   pursuant  to  the   Nonqualified   Stock  Option   Agreement,   dated
_____________, 19__, issued by the Company to the undersigned (the "Option") and
(ii) request the Company to issue a new Option in the name of the Transferee. No
consideration  has been or will be received by the Optionee in  connection  with
this transfer.

       The Option has been validly  transferred  and assigned by the Optionee to
the following:


- - --------------------------------          -------------------------------------
Name of Transferee                        Street Address, City, State, Zip Code


- - --------------------------------
If entire Option has not been 
transferred, number of shares 
underlying the portion transferred


- - ---------------------------------              ------------------
Signature of Optionee                          Date of Transfer


- - ---------------------------------         -------------------------------------
Signature of Transferee                   Name

       By executing this Notice, the Transferee hereby agrees to comply with and
be subject to the terms and conditions of the Option.

       Receipt of this Notice is hereby  acknowledged this ___ day of _________,
19__.

                                           SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.

                                           By                         
                                               Name:                  
                                               Title:                 




                                                              As Amended Through
                                                               January 28, 1999

                           SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.
                          OFFICER ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

1.     Purpose

       The purpose of the Schultz Sav-O Stores,  Inc.  Officer Annual  Incentive
       Plan ("Plan") is to (a) reward  Participants  on an  individual  and team
       basis for the  achievement  of corporate  financial  goals and objectives
       which  increase the economic  value of the Company for the benefit of all
       shareholders;  (b)  provide  competitive  levels of  compensation  to its
       executive  officers to enable the  Company to attract  and retain  highly
       qualified  and talented  individuals  who are able to exert a significant
       impact  on the  economic  value of the  Company  for the  benefit  of all
       shareholders;  (c) encourage  teamwork and cooperation in the achievement
       of  corporate   financial  goals  and   objectives;   and  (d)  recognize
       differences in the performance of individual Participants.

2.     Plan Administration

       The  Compensation  and Stock  Option  Committee of the Board of Directors
       (the "Committee") shall have full power, authority and responsibility for
       the design, construction,  administration and interpretation of the Plan.
       The  Committee  may from time to time or at any time make such  decisions
       and  adopt  such  rules and  regulations  for the  design,  construction,
       administration  and  interpretation of the Plan as it deems  appropriate.
       Any such decision made by the Committee  shall be final,  conclusive  and
       binding upon all  Participants  and any person  claiming under or through
       them.  A majority  of the members of the  Committee  shall  constitute  a
       quorum.  All  determinations of the Committee shall be made by at least a
       majority of a quorum.  Any decision or  determination  reduced to writing
       and  signed  by all of the  members  of the  Committee  shall be fully as
       effective as if it had been made by a unanimous  vote at a meeting of the
       Committee duly called and held.

3.     Definitions

       3.1    "Base Salary" means the dollar  amount of a  Participant's  annual
              base  salary  actually  earned  during  the  Plan  Year,   without
              adjustment for bonuses (hereunder or otherwise), salary deferrals,
              value of benefits,  stock option or other  equity-based  incentive
              award  grants or  exercises,  imputed  income,  special  payments,
              amounts  contributed  to or earned under the Company's  Retirement
              Savings Plan or its Executive Benefits Restoration Plan or similar
              existing or future plans.

       3.2    "Base  Salary  Percentage"  means  the  percentage  arrived  at by
              dividing a Participant's  Base Salary for a specified Plan Year by
              the aggregate Base Salaries of all  Participants for the same Plan
              Year.

<PAGE>


       3.3    "Bonus Amount" means a Participant's annual aggregate bonus amount
              which is calculated in the manner set forth in Section 5.1.

       3.4    "Bonus  Pool"  means  the  dollar  amount of the cash  award  pool
              established  for the specified Plan Year for the  distribution  of
              Bonus Awards to  Participants  for such Plan Year,  calculated  as
              follows:

              Bonus Pool = 10% of the dollar amount of the Current Year EVA + 5%
              of the dollar  amount of the  Incremental  EVA + $25,000  for each
              percentage point increase, if any, in net sales of the Company for
              the  specified  Plan  Year over net  sales of the  Company  in the
              preceding  Plan Year,  each as reflected in the Company's  audited
              financial statements for such Plan Years, subject to adjustment as
              determined  by the  Board  to  take  into  account  extraordinary,
              unusual or nonrecurring  events or  circumstances  (other than the
              acquisition of other supermarkets or businesses).

       3.5    "Company  Performance  Bonus Pool"  shall be equal to  twenty-five
              percent (25%) of the Bonus Pool for the specified Plan Year.

       3.6    "Current Year EVA" means the EVA as  calculated  for the specified
              Plan Year.

       3.7    "Economic Value Added" or "EVA" means the NOPAT that remains after
              subtracting the product of the Threshold Rate of Return multiplied
              by the Investment Amount, expressed as follows:

              EVA = NOPAT C [Threshold Rate of Return x Investment Amount]

              EVA may be positive or negative.

       3.8    "Incremental EVA" means the Current Year EVA minus the EVA for the
              prior Plan Year. For purposes of calculating  Incremental  EVA for
              the 1995 Plan Year, the EVA for 1994 was  $1,128,000.  Incremental
              EVA may not be negative.

       3.9    "Individual Performance Bonus" shall have the meaning set forth in
              Section 5.1.

       3.10   "Individual Performance Bonus Pool" shall be equal to seventy-five
              percent (75%) of the Bonus Pool for the specified Plan Year.

       3.11   "Individual  Performance  Factor" shall have the meaning set forth
              in Section 5.2.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

       3.12   "Investment  Amount"  means the  dollar  amount  of the  Company's
              average  investment  for the Plan Year,  calculated  by adding the
              investment  reflected on the Company's financial  statements as of
              the end of each fiscal quarter,  and then dividing by four,  where
              investment is determined as follows:

              Investment  =  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money +  shareholders'
              investment + obligations under capital leases

       3.13   "NOPAT"  means the  Company's  net  earnings  after  tax  (without
              reduction  for any Bonus  Amounts or Bonus Pool  accrued,  paid or
              payable under the Plan),  plus interest  expense after tax for the
              Plan Year,  all as reflected in the  Company's  audited  financial
              statements for the Plan Year.

       3.14   "Participant"  means an eligible  executive officer of the Company
              under Section 4.1 who has been selected to participate in the Plan
              for the Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.2.

       3.15   "Plan  Year"  means  the  one-year  period   coincident  with  the
              Company's applicable fiscal year.

       3.16   "Threshold Rate of Return" shall be the target  percentage rate of
              return  on the  Investment  Amount  for the  specified  Plan  Year
              established  by the  Committee at the  beginning of each Plan Year
              based on the Company's  weighted average cost of capital.  For the
              1995 Plan Year, the Threshold Rate of Return has been  established
              by the Committee as 9.1%.

4.     Eligibility

       4.1    Eligible Executive Officers. In general, all executive officers of
              the Company (which  generally shall include those Company officers
              listed as such in the Company's  annual report to shareholders) at
              the beginning of a Plan Year will be eligible for participation in
              the Plan. However, nomination of an executive officer by the Chief
              Executive  Officer and approval by the Committee  will be required
              for actual participation.

       4.2    Nomination  and  Approval.  Each Plan Year,  the  Company's  Chief
              Executive  Officer will nominate  eligible  executive  officers to
              participate in the Plan for the specified Plan Year. The Committee
              will have the final authority to select the  Participants for such
              Plan Year from among the eligible  executive officers nominated by
              the Company's Chief  Executive  Officer.  Selection  normally will
              take place, and will be communicated to each Participant, prior to
              or shortly after the beginning of the specified Plan Year.

5.     Bonus Amounts; Individual Performance Factors

       5.1    Calculation of Bonus Amounts.  Each Participant's Bonus Amount for
              a specified Plan Year will be equal to his pro-rata portion of the
              Company  Performance  Bonus Pool plus his  Individual  Performance
              Bonus.  For any 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

              specified  Plan  Year,  a  Participant's  pro-rata  portion of the
              Company  Performance  Bonus Pool shall be equal to the  product of
              the Participant's Base Salary Percentage multiplied by the Company
              Performance Bonus Pool. The Participant's  Individual  Performance
              Bonus  shall be equal to the  product  of the  Participant's  Base
              Salary Percentage  multiplied by the Individual  Performance Bonus
              Pool multiplied by his Individual  Performance  Factor;  provided,
              however, that the aggregate Individual Performance Bonuses for all
              Participants  for  a  specified  Plan  Year  may  not  exceed  the
              Individual  Performance  Bonus  Pool for such  Plan  Year.  If the
              aggregate Individual  Performance Bonuses for all Participants for
              a  specified  Plan Year would  exceed the  Individual  Performance
              Bonus  Pool  for  such  Plan  Year,  then  the  Committee  in  its
              discretion shall adjust the Participants'  Individual  Performance
              Bonuses so that such aggregate Individual Performance Bonuses will
              not exceed  the  Individual  Performance  Bonus Pool for such Plan
              Year.

       5.2    Individual  Performance  Factor  Calculation.  Each  Participant's
              Individual Performance Factor for a Plan Year will be based on the
              Participant's  accomplishment of individual and/or group financial
              and/or  other goals or  objectives  established  by the  Company's
              Chief Executive Officer, with the approval and ratification of the
              Committee (or as determined solely by the Committee in the case of
              the Company's Chief Executive Officer), as of the beginning of the
              specified Plan Year.  Whenever  possible,  individual  performance
              will  be  evaluated   according  to   quantifiable   or  objective
              benchmarks of success and the level of the Participant's  relative
              achievement  of  such  quantifiable  benchmarks.   An  achievement
              percentage  continuum that ranges from achieving 0% to 150% of the
              quantifiable  benchmark  opportunity  will be established  and the
              Participant's  relative level of achievement of such  quantifiable
              benchmarks will be enumerated  accordingly  from 0 to 1.5 based on
              such continuum.  After the end of a Plan Year, the Company's Chief
              Executive  Officer,  with the  approval  and  ratification  of the
              Committee (or solely by the Committee in the case of the Company's
              Chief Executive Officer), will evaluate and rate the Participant's
              performance  over the Plan Year and the relative  contribution  of
              the Participant to the  achievement of the previously  established
              individual  or group  financial  or other  performance  goals  and
              objectives,  and this evaluation will result in the  Participant's
              Individual  Performance  Factor being determined  according to the
              following schedule:

                         Performance                        Individual
                      Individual Rating                 Performance Factor
                      -----------------                 ------------------
                        Very Good 1.5                          1.5
                             Good                              1.0
                         Satisfactory                          0.5
                           Marginal                            0.0

                                      -4-
<PAGE>


6.     Change in Status During the Plan Year

       6.1    New Hire or Promotion

              An  executive  officer  who is newly  hired or  promoted  during a
              specified Plan Year to an executive  officer  position  which,  if
              held by the  Participant at the beginning of the Plan Year,  would
              have  otherwise   allowed  the  Participant  to  be  eligible  for
              participation  in the  Plan  will  generally  not be  eligible  to
              receive a Bonus Amount for such Plan Year; provided, however, that
              the  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer,  with the  approval and
              ratification  of the  Committee (or solely by the Committee in the
              case of the  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer)  may waive this
              policy  and allow  such  executive  officer  to receive a pro rata
              Bonus  Amount  for such Plan Year based on the  percentage  of the
              Plan Year the  executive  officer was  employed  in such  eligible
              executive officer position  (determined based on the actual number
              of full months of employment in such  executive  officer  position
              during  the Plan  Year  divided  by 12).  Any such  waiver of this
              policy  will take  into  account  such  factors  as the  executive
              officer's  contributions to the Company's achievement of corporate
              financial goals and objectives in such executive  officer position
              and the portion of the Plan Year the individual  actually spent in
              such executive officer position.

       6.2    Death, Disability or Retirement

              If  a  Participant's   employment  as  an  effective   officer  is
              terminated  during a Plan Year by reason of death,  disability  or
              normal or early  retirement,  the Participant (or his or her heirs
              or personal  representatives  in the case of death) will receive a
              pro rata Bonus  Amount for such Plan Year based on the  percentage
              of the Plan Year the  Participant  was  employed in such  position
              (determined   based  on  the  actual  number  of  full  months  of
              employment  of such  Participant  during the Plan Year  divided by
              12).

       6.3    Termination for any Other Reason

              If a Participant's employment is terminated during a Plan Year for
              any reason  other  than  death,  disability  or  retirement,  such
              Participant  will  generally  not be  eligible  to receive a Bonus
              Amount for such Plan Year; provided,  however,  that the Company's
              Chief Executive Officer, with the approval and ratification of the
              Committee  (or solely the  Committee in the case of the  Company's
              Chief  Executive  Officer)  may waive  this  policy and allow such
              Participant  to receive a pro-rata Bonus Amount for such Plan Year
              based on the percentage of the Plan Year the executive officer was
              employed in such eligible  executive officer position  (determined
              based on the actual  number of full months of  employment  in such
              executive officer position during the Plan Year divided by 12).

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

7.     Administrative Provisions

       7.1    Amendments  and  Terminations.  The  Company's  Board of Directors
              shall  have the right to modify or amend  this Plan in whole or in
              part from time to time or at any time,  or suspend it or terminate
              it  entirely;   provided,  however,  that  no  such  modification,
              amendment,  suspension or termination  may, without the consent of
              any affected  Participants (or  beneficiaries of such Participants
              in the event of death), reduce the rights of any such Participants
              (or beneficiaries,  as applicable) to a payment or distribution of
              a Bonus Amount  already  determined and earned under Plan terms in
              effect prior to such change. A Participant  shall not be deemed to
              have earned or have any right to any Bonus  Amount for a Plan Year
              until completion of that Plan Year and the  determination of Bonus
              Amounts  for  such  Plan  Year by the  Company's  Chief  Executive
              Officer and/or the Committee.

       7.2    Effect of Award on Other  Employee  Benefits.  By  acceptance of a
              Bonus Amount,  each  Participant  agrees that such Bonus Amount is
              special  additional  compensation  and  that  it will  not  affect
              adversely any other  employee  benefit (e.g.,  Retirement  Savings
              Plan, Executive Benefits Restoration Plan, life insurance,  etc.),
              in which the Participant  participates or to which he is entitled,
              except as provided in Section 7.4 below. The existence of the Plan
              or the grant of any Bonus Amounts hereunder shall not restrict the
              ability  of  the  Committee  or  the  Board  to  grant  any  other
              discretionary  bonuses to any  executive  officers,  employees  or
              others outside of the Plan.

       7.3    Retirement  Programs;  Severance  Agreements.  Bonus  Amounts paid
              under  this  Plan   shall  be   included   in  the   Participant's
              compensation  for  purposes of the  Company's  Retirement  Savings
              Plan,  Executive  Benefits  Restoration  Plan, any other qualified
              employee benefit plan and any applicable key executive  employment
              and severance agreement with the Company.

       7.4    No Right to Continued  Employment or Additional  Bonus Amounts.  A
              Participant's  eligibility for or actual receipt of a Bonus Amount
              in any  specified  Plan Year  shall not give the  Participant  any
              right to continued  employment with the Company, and the right and
              power to dismiss or terminate the  employment  of the  Participant
              for any reason  whatsoever  (other than as otherwise  specified in
              any applicable  contract of employment between the Participant and
              the Company) is specifically reserved to the Company. In addition,
              the selection of an eligible executive officer as a Participant in
              the  Plan  for any Plan  Year  shall  not  require  or  infer  the
              inclusion  or selection  of such person as a  Participant  for any
              subsequent  Plan  Year  or,  if such  person  is  subsequently  so
              included or selected, shall not require that the same Bonus Amount
              provided  to the  Participant  under the Plan for an earlier  Plan
              Year be provided to such Participant for the subsequent Plan Year.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

       7.5    Adjustments  to  Performance  Goals.  When a  performance  goal or
              objective is based on Economic  Value Added or other  quantifiable
              financial or accounting measures, it may be appropriate to exclude
              certain  items in  order  to  properly  measure  performance.  The
              Committee in its discretion  will decide those items that shall be
              considered in adjusting actual results. For example, some types of
              items that may be considered for exclusion are:

                     a.  Extraordinary  Items. Any gains or losses which will be
                     treated  as  extraordinary   in  the  Company's   financial
                     statements under generally accepted accounting principles.

                     b. Unanticipated  Nonrecurring  Non-Ordinary  Course Items.
                     Unanticipated,  nonrecurring, nonordinary course items such
                     as:

                            (i)    Gains or losses  from the sale or disposal of
                                   real estate or property.

                            (ii)   Gains  resulting  from  insurance  recoveries
                                   when such  gains  relate  to claims  filed in
                                   prior years.

                            (iii)  Losses  resulting from natural  catastrophes,
                                   when the cause of the  catastrophe  is beyond
                                   the control of the Company and did not result
                                   from  any  failure  or   negligence   on  the
                                   Company's part.

                            (iv)   Changes in accounting policies or practices.

       7.6    Payment of Bonus  Amounts.  The Bonus  Amounts  payable for a Plan
              Year as determined by the Chief Executive Officer and/or Committee
              shall be distributed  by the Company as soon as practicable  after
              the date of the first  public  release of the  Company's  complete
              audited financial statements for such Plan Year.

8.     Miscellaneous

       8.1    Indemnification.  Each  person  who is or who  shall  have  been a
              member of the  Committee or of the  Company's  Board of Directors,
              shall  not be  liable  for,  and  shall  be  indemnified  and held
              harmless by the Company against and from, any and all loss,  cost,
              liability or expense (including attorneys' fees and disbursements)
              that may be imposed  upon or incurred by him or her in  connection
              with any claim,  action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may
              be a party by reason of any  action  taken or failure to act under
              or pursuant to the Plan.  The foregoing  right of  indemnification
              shall not be  exclusive  of any other  rights of  indemnification,
              advancement of expenses or reimbursement to which such persons may
              be  entitled  under  the  Company's   Articles  of  Incorporation,
              By-Laws,  Indemnity  Agreements,  as a  matter  of law  under  the
              Wisconsin


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

              Business  Corporation Law, under applicable  insurance policies or
              otherwise,  or any other power or  authority  that the Company may
              have to indemnify or reimburse them or hold them harmless.

       8.2    Expenses  of the Plan.  The  expenses of  administering  this Plan
              shall be borne by the Company

       8.3    Withholding Taxes. The Company shall deduct from all Bonus Amounts
              paid or payable under the Plan any federal or state taxes required
              by law to be withheld with respect to such payments.

       8.4    Non-Transferrable   Benefits.  Bonus  Amounts  (or  any  interests
              therein)   paid  or  payable   under  the  Plan  are  personal  to
              Participants and are  non-transferrable  and non-assignable during
              the life of a Participant.

       8.5    Unsecured Rights.  The right of any Participant to receive a Bonus
              Amount  under  the Plan when  determined  and  earned  shall be an
              unsecured  claim against the general assets of the Company and the
              Participant shall have no rights in or against any specific assets
              of the Company as a result of participation hereunder.

       8.6    Powers of Company Not  Affected.  The  existence of the Plan shall
              not affect in any way the right or power of the Company, the Board
              of Directors or its  shareholders  to make or authorize any or all
              adjustments, recapitalization, reorganizations or other changes in
              the Company's capital structure or its business,  or any merger or
              consolidation of the Company, or dissolution or liquidation of the
              Company,  or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets
              or business or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a
              similar character or otherwise.

       8.7    Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and
              governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

       8.8    Effective Date. The effective date of the Plan is January 1, 1995.


                                      -8-

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16

                                 LOAN AGREEMENT


       THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 3rd day of December,  1992, by and among
SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC., a Wisconsin corporation ("Borrower"), M&I MARSHALL &
ILSLEY BANK, a Wisconsin banking corporation ("M&I") and FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  a national banking association ("Firstar") (collectively,
the "Banks" and  individually,  a "Bank").  Unless otherwise  indicated  herein,
capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in Section 9 hereof.

                                   WITNESSETH:

       WHEREAS,  Borrower has available from M&I a $9,000,000  revolving  credit
facility  (the  "Existing  M&I  Facility")  evidenced by a promissory  note (the
"Existing M&I Note") in the principal amount of $9,000,000; and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower has  available  from  Firstar a  $7,000,000  revolving
credit  facility (the "Existing  Firstar  Facility" and  collectively,  with the
Existing M&I Facility, the "Existing Facilities") evidenced by a promissory note
(the "Existing Firstar Note") in the principal amount of $7,000,000; and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower  has  requested  that the Banks  amend and replace the
Existing Facilities with a $9,000,000 revolving line of credit facility from M&I
(the "M&I Line of Credit") and a $7,000,000  revolving  line of credit  facility
from Firstar (the "Firstar Line of Credit" and  collectively,  with the M&I Line
of Credit, the "Lines of Credit"); and

       WHEREAS, Banks are willing to extend the Lines of Credit to Borrower, but
only on the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set forth and in reliance on the
representations and warranties of Borrower herein contained.

       NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual  agreements
contained  herein and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
sufficiency  of  which is  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto  agree as
follows:

       1.  Lines of Credit.  M&I and  Firstar  each agree to extend to  Borrower
revolving  credit  loans  (the  "Loans")  under the M&I Line of  Credit  and the
Firstar Line of Credit,  respectively,  on the terms and conditions  hereinafter
set forth in this Agreement. All loans made to Borrower pursuant to the Existing
M&I Facility and the Existing  Firstar  Facility which are outstanding as of the
date  hereof  shall be deemed to be for  purposes of this  Agreement  Loans made
pursuant to the M&I Line of Credit and the Firstar Line of Credit, respectively,
as of the date hereof.

              (a) Interest. Interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal amount
       of the Loans from time to time  outstanding  at a rate per annum equal to
       (i) the Prime Rate or (ii) the Offered  Rate from time to time elected by
       Borrower, with such rate to be adjusted, and with each such adjustment to
       become effective, with each election by 

<PAGE>

       Borrower  at the Prime Rate or the Offered  Rate,  as the case may be. If
       all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan made hereunder shall
       not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity,  by acceleration or
       otherwise), any overdue principal amount thereof shall bear interest at a
       rate per annum  equal to the Prime Rate plus two percent  (2%).  Interest
       shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month and at
       maturity.  Interest  shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for
       the  actual  number of days  elapsed.  Any  change in the  interest  rate
       resulting  from a change  in the Prime  Rate or the  Offered  Rate  shall
       become  effective  as of the opening of business on the day on which such
       change in the Prime Rate or the Offered Rate shall become effective. Each
       Bank is authorized to debit Borrower's  account at such Bank (Account No.
       39-4440  in the case of M&I,  and  Account  No.  12520901  in the case of
       Firstar) by the amount of any interest payment which is due to such Bank.

              (b) Master  Notes.  Loans made by M&I and  Firstar,  respectively,
       under  the  M&I  Line  of  Credit  and  the   Firstar   Line  of  Credit,
       respectively,  shall be  evidenced  by two  promissory  notes of Borrower
       substantially  in the form of Exhibits A-l and A-2 (the  "Master  Notes")
       payable  to  the  order  of  M&I  and  Firstar,  respectively,  and  each
       representing  in the aggregate  the  obligation of Borrower to pay to M&I
       and Firstar,  respectively,  the lesser of (a) such Bank's Line of Credit
       or (b) the aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of all Loans made by such
       Bank,  with interest  thereon as provided in subsection  1(a). The Master
       Notes shall be dated as of the date of this Agreement and shall be stated
       to mature on April 30, 1995 (the "Maturity Date"). Upon the execution and
       delivery of the Master  Notes by Borrower to Banks,  the  Existing  Notes
       shall be superseded and replaced by the Master Notes.

              (c)  Statement  of Account.  Each Bank shall record on its records
       all Loans made to  Borrower by such Bank and  accrued  interest  thereon.
       Each Bank shall also record all  payments  made by Borrower to such Bank.
       At least  once a month,  each  Bank may  render a  statement  of  account
       showing as of the date thereof the indebtedness  owed to such Bank on its
       Line of Credit,  debited and credited as set forth above. Unless Borrower
       notifies  such Bank in writing of an objection to said  statement  within
       thirty (30) days of the receipt of said  statement,  said statement shall
       be deemed correct and accepted by Borrower and conclusively  binding upon
       Borrower.

              (d) Borrowings; Payments. All Loans to Borrower under the Lines of
       Credit shall be made only in amounts not less than $50,000.  All payments
       by  Borrower  to a Bank with  respect to  repayment  of Loans  under such
       Bank's  Line of  Credit  shall be made only in  amounts  of not less than
       $50,000;  provided that on the Maturity  Date Borrower  shall repay Banks
       all indebtedness outstanding under the Lines of Credit.

              (e)  Procedure  to  Change  Amount  Outstanding.  Duly  authorized
       officers, employees or agents of Borrower designated by Borrower to Banks
       in writing, may from time to time, either orally or in writing, contact a
       designated officer or employee of either Bank,  requesting that such Bank
       increase or decrease the total 


                                       2
<PAGE>

       principal amount  outstanding under such Bank's Line of Credit;  provided
       that at no time shall the principal amount  outstanding under such Bank's
       Line of Credit exceed such Bank's Total Commitment.  Upon compliance with
       the terms and conditions hereof, such Bank shall immediately  increase or
       decrease the principal  balance then outstanding under its Line of Credit
       by crediting or debiting,  whichever is appropriate, the requested amount
       from the Borrower's  account at such Bank referred to in subsection 1(a),
       above. All such requests must be received by such Bank no later than 2:00
       p.m.  All  requests  received  after that time shall be  processed  as if
       received  on the  following  business  day.  Each oral  request  shall be
       confirmed  in writing by the  authorized  person  making the  request and
       delivered to such Bank in the manner provided in subsection 10(e), below.

              Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the  contrary,  neither  Bank
       shall have an  obligation to increase the  principal  amount  outstanding
       under its Line of Credit after the Maturity  Date,  or if any event shall
       have  occurred  which  either  of itself or with the lapse of time or the
       giving of notice,  or both,  would  constitute  an Event of Default under
       this Agreement.

              (f)  Reduction of Total  Commitments.  Borrower may, upon not less
       than ten (10) days prior written notice to the affected Bank, reduce such
       Bank's Total Commitment in integral  multiples of $100,000.00;  provided,
       such  reduction  shall be  accompanied  by a  prepayment  of  Loans  made
       hereunder by such Bank,  together with accrued  interest on the amount so
       prepaid to the date of such prepayment,  to the extent,  if any, that the
       amount of Loans by such Bank then  outstanding  exceed the amount of such
       Bank's Total  Commitment as then reduced.  Once reduced  pursuant to this
       provision, neither Bank's Total Commitment may thereafter be increased by
       Borrower.

       2.  Availability  Fee. As additional  compensation to the Banks for their
agreement to extend the Lines of Credit to Borrower,  Borrower  agrees to pay to
each Bank an availability fee (the  "Availability  Fee") quarterly in arrears on
the first day of each quarterly period (or portion thereof)  commencing  January
1, 1993 and at maturity. The Availability Fee due to each Bank for any quarterly
period (or portion  thereof)  shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the
average  daily  unused  amount  of such  Bank's  Line of  Credit  available  for
disbursement  during  such  period  multiplied  by (ii)  0.000625.  Each  Bank's
Availability  Fee shall be payable  quarterly in arrears  commencing  January 1,
1993 and  every  three  months  thereafter  on the  first  business  day of each
calendar quarter until the Maturity Date.

       3. Representations and Warranties.  In order to induce the Banks to enter
into  this  Agreement  and  to  make  the  loans  herein  provided  for,  and in
recognition  of the fact  that the  Banks  are  acting  in  reliance  thereupon,
Borrower hereby covenants, represents and warrants as follows:

              (a)  Corporate   Existence;   Corporate   Power.   Borrower  is  a
       corporation duly organized,  validly existing, and in good standing under
       the laws of the  State of  Wisconsin  and is duly  authorized  under  all
       applicable  provisions  of law to 

                                       3
<PAGE>

       carry on its business as presently conducted.  Borrower is duly qualified
       as a  foreign  corporation  and in good  standing  under the laws of each
       jurisdiction  where its ownership,  lease or operation of its property or
       the conduct of its business  requires such  qualification and the failure
       to so  qualify  either  individually  or in the  aggregate  would  have a
       material adverse effect on Borrower's  financial condition or the conduct
       of its business.  Borrower has the corporate power and authority to enter
       into,  deliver,  issue and  perform  all of its  obligations  under  this
       Agreement and the Master Notes and to borrow hereunder.

              (b) No Legal Bar; Enforceable Obligations. The execution, delivery
       and  performance  of this  Agreement  and the Master  Notes and any other
       agreement,  certificate  or instrument  delivered by Borrower to Banks in
       connection with this Agreement,  prospective borrowings hereunder and use
       of the proceeds  thereof by Borrower (i) have been duly authorized by all
       necessary  corporate  action,  (ii)  are  not  at  variance  with  or  in
       contravention  of any  provisions  of the Articles of  Incorporation  and
       By-Laws of Borrower,  (iii) will not violate any  indenture,  contract or
       agreement  to which  Borrower is a party or to which it is subject or any
       statute, rule or regulation binding upon Borrower,  (iv) will not require
       any  consent or  approval  of  Borrower's  stockholders  and (v) will not
       result in, or require,  the creation or  imposition of any Lien on any of
       Borrower's  properties or revenues  pursuant to any requirement of law or
       contractual  obligation of Borrower except as provided in this Agreement.
       This Agreement, the Master Notes and any other agreement,  certificate or
       instrument  delivered  by  Borrower  to Banks  in  connection  with  this
       Agreement when duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Borrower will
       constitute legal, valid and binding  obligations of Borrower  enforceable
       against Borrower in accordance with their terms.

              (c) Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, Borrower
       is not a party to any litigation or  administrative  proceedings,  nor so
       far as it is  known  by  Borrower  is any  litigation  or  administrative
       proceeding  threatened  against it which would, if adversely  determined,
       cause any material adverse change in Borrower's financial condition or in
       the conduct of its business.

              (d)  Financial  Condition.  All  copies of  financial  statements,
       documents,  contracts,  agreements  and  assignments  which  Borrower has
       furnished to Banks are true and correct in all material  respects.  There
       has been no material  change in the  property or business  operations  of
       Borrower  since the date of the last  financial  statement  delivered  to
       Banks,  except  pursuant to the  conduct of its  ordinary  business,  and
       except as shall have been disclosed in writing by Borrower to Banks prior
       to the date of execution  of this  Agreement.  The Banks have  previously
       been provided with true,  correct and complete  copies of Note Agreements
       dated  May 31,  1983 and  August  1,  1986 by and  between  Borrower  and
       Prudential  Insurance  Company  of  America  and all  amendments  thereto
       (collectively,  the "Note  Agreements").  The Note Agreements are in full
       force and effect as of the date hereof and  Borrower is not in default of
       any of its obligations under either of the Note Agreements.

                                       4
<PAGE>

              (e) Taxes.  Borrower has paid all  federal,  state and local taxes
       which are required to be paid by it (except for taxes being  contested in
       good faith by appropriate  proceedings and as to which reserves have been
       established  by Borrower in accordance  with GAAP  consistently  applied,
       which reserves and are set forth in Borrower's financial statements).

              (f) Securities Laws;  Investment  Company Act; Board  Regulations.
       Borrower has filed and will file when due all  statements,  if any, which
       it may be required to file under the  provisions  of any state or federal
       securities laws or regulations.  Borrower is not an "investment  company"
       or a company "controlled" by an "investment  company," within the meaning
       of the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as  amended,  nor is  Borrower
       engaged,  principally  or as  one  of its  important  activities,  in the
       business  of  extending   credit  for  the  purpose  of  "purchasing"  or
       "carrying" any "margin  stock" within the respective  meanings of each of
       the quoted  terms under  Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the
       Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time in effect.

              (g)  Ownership of Property.  Borrower  owns all of its assets that
       appear  on its  balance  sheet  free and  clear of any  Liens,  except as
       previously  disclosed  in writing by  Borrower to Banks prior to the date
       hereof  and  except  for  financing  leases  referred  to  in  Borrower's
       financial statements.

              (h) Environmental Laws. Except as otherwise provided on Schedule 2
       hereto, (i) Borrower is in compliance with all Environmental Laws and all
       requirements of law relating to pollution and  environmental  regulations
       in  the  respective  jurisdictions  where  Borrower  is  presently  doing
       business or  conducting  operations  except for those  matters  where the
       failure to comply with all  Environmental  Laws and such  requirements of
       law would not have a material  adverse effect on the financial  condition
       or results of operations of Borrower;  (ii) to Borrower's knowledge after
       reasonable investigation,  no Person has caused or permitted materials to
       be stored,  deposited,  treated,  recycled or disposed of on, under or at
       any real estate owned,  leased or occupied by Borrower,  which materials,
       if known to be  present,  would  require  cleanup,  removal or some other
       remedial action under Environmental  Laws; (iii) to Borrower's  knowledge
       after  reasonable  investigation,  there are not now, nor have there ever
       been, tanks or other facilities on, under, or at any real estate owned or
       occupied by Borrower  which  contained  materials  which,  if known to be
       present in soils or ground water, would require cleanup,  removal or some
       other  remedial  action  under  Environmental  Laws;  (iv) to  Borrower's
       knowledge  after  reasonable  investigation,   there  are  no  conditions
       existing  currently or likely to exist during the term of this loan which
       would  subject  Borrower  to  damages,  penalties,  injunctive  relief or
       cleanup costs under any Environmental Laws or which require or are likely
       to require cleanup,  removal,  remedial action or other response pursuant
       to Environmental Laws by Borrower; and (v) Borrower is not subject to any
       judgment,  decree,  order  or  citation  related  to or  arising  out  of
       Environmental  Laws and has not been  named or  listed  as a  potentially
       responsible  party by any governmental body or agency in a matter arising
       under any  Environmental  Laws.  Borrower has all  permits,  licenses and
       approvals  required 


                                       5
<PAGE>

       under Environmental Laws and has paid all fees relating thereto and is in
       compliance with all terms and conditions thereof.

              (i) ERISA.  All Plans  maintained by Borrower are in compliance in
       all material respects with the applicable  provisions of ERISA;  Borrower
       has not incurred any "accumulated  funding deficiency" within the meaning
       of Section 302 of ERISA in connection  with any Plan;  and there has been
       no "reportable  event" within the meaning of Section 4034(b) of ERISA for
       any Plan the occurrence of which would have a material  adverse effect on
       Borrower, nor has Borrower incurred any material liability to the Pension
       Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

       4. Affirmative Covenants of Borrower.  Borrower covenants and agrees that
so long as the Lines of  Credit  remain  in  effect,  any  Master  Note  remains
outstanding and unpaid or any amount is owed to the Banks, Borrower shall:

              (a) Financial Statements. Deliver to each Bank:

                     (i) as soon as practicable  and in any event within 45 days
              after  the  end of  each  fiscal  quarter  in  each  fiscal  year,
              statements  of  earnings  and cash flows of the  Borrower  for the
              period from the beginning of the current fiscal year to the end of
              such quarterly  period,  and a balance sheet of Borrower as at the
              end of each such quarterly  period,  setting forth in each case in
              comparative  form  figures  for the  corresponding  period  in the
              preceding  fiscal year, all in reasonable  detail and certified by
              an authorized  financial  officer of Borrower,  subject to changes
              resulting from year-end adjustments;

                     (ii) as soon as practicable and in any event within 90 days
              after  the end of each  fiscal  year,  a  statement  of  earnings,
              reconciliation of retained earnings, a statement of cash flows and
              a balance  sheet of Borrower  as at the end of such year,  setting
              forth in each case in comparative form corresponding  figures from
              the  preceding  annual  audit,   all  in  reasonable   detail  and
              accompanied  by an opinion of  independent  public  accountants of
              recognized  standing  selected by Borrower  which opinion shall be
              without  qualification as to the compliance of such statements and
              balance sheet with GAAP;

                     (iii)  promptly upon  transmission  thereof,  copies of all
              such financial statements,  proxy statements,  notices and reports
              as  it  shall  send  to  its   stockholders   and  copies  of  all
              registration  statements  (without exhibits) and all reports which
              it files  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (or any
              governmental  body or agency  succeeding  to the  functions of the
              Securities and Exchange Commission);

                     (iv)  promptly  upon receipt  thereof,  a copy of all other
              reports  submitted  to  Borrower  by  independent  accountants  in
              connection with any annual,  interim or special audit made by them
              of the books of Borrower;

                                       6
<PAGE>

                     (v) Each Bank may at any  time,  and  without  notice to or
              consent of Borrower, deliver to any financial institution which is
              a  participant  in  the  loans  which  are  the  subject  of  this
              Agreement,  copies of all financial  statements,  reports,  or any
              other documents delivered to Banks hereunder;  provided,  however,
              that  neither  Bank  shall  participate  the  loans  which are the
              subject  of this  Agreement  to any  third  party  (other  than an
              affiliate of such Bank or its holding  company)  without the prior
              written  consent of the Borrower and the other Bank party  hereto;
              and

                     (vi) with reasonable promptness,  such other financial data
              as the Banks may reasonably  request.  Together with each delivery
              of financial  statements  required by clauses (i) and (ii), above,
              Borrower  will deliver to each of the Banks a completed  Officer's
              Certificate  substantially  in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
              B.

              Together  with each delivery of financial  statements  required by
              clause (ii),  above,  Borrower  will deliver to the Banks a letter
              report of said  accountants  stating  that,  in  making  the audit
              necessary  to  the  opinion   with   respect  to  such   financial
              statements,  they  have  obtained  no  knowledge  of any  Event of
              Default  or  Default,  or, if any such Event of Default or Default
              exists,  specifying  the nature and period of  existence  thereof.
              Borrower also covenants that forthwith upon the President or Chief
              Financial Officer of Borrower  obtaining  knowledge of an Event of
              Default or  Default,  it will  deliver  to the Banks an  Officer's
              Certificate specifying the nature thereof, the period of existence
              thereof,  and what action  Borrower  proposes to take with respect
              thereto.  Any  management  letters  or other  material  non-public
              financial  information  provided to the Banks by Borrower pursuant
              to  this  Agreement  shall  be  used  only  by  the  Banks,  their
              respective  employees,  agents  and  representatives,   and  their
              respective   accountants  and  auditors  in  connection  with  the
              administration  of this Agreement and the indebtedness  hereunder,
              and otherwise shall be held in confidence; provided, however, that
              nothing  herein   contained   shall  be  deemed  to  prohibit  any
              disclosure to regulatory or governmental  authorities  required by
              applicable law or regulation.

              (b) Books and Records;  Inspection of Property.  Keep proper books
       of record and  account;  permit any  person  designated  by the Banks (at
       Banks'  expense) to visit and inspect any of the  properties of Borrower,
       to examine the corporate books and financial records of Borrower and make
       copies thereof or extracts therefrom and to discuss the affairs, finances
       and accounts of Borrower with the principal officers of Borrower,  all at
       such reasonable times and as often as the Banks may reasonably request.

              (c)  Maintenance  of  Property  Insurance.  Keep  its  properties,
       whether owned or leased,  in good  condition,  repair and working  order,
       other  than  property  no longer  deemed by  Borrower  necessary  for the
       conduct of its business;  maintain 

                                       7
<PAGE>

       purchased  insurance  or  self-insurance  reserves  in such  amounts  and
       against such  liabilities  and hazards as  customarily  is  maintained by
       other  companies  operating  similar  businesses  and together  with each
       delivery of financial  statements under clause (ii) of subsection 4(a) it
       will,  upon  the  Banks'  request,   deliver  an  Officer's   Certificate
       specifying the details of such insurance in effect.

              (d) Taxes.  Pay and discharge all lawful  taxes,  assessments  and
       governmental  charges upon it or against its properties prior to the date
       on which  penalties are attached  thereto,  unless and to the extent only
       that  such  taxes  are  contested  in  good  faith  and  by   appropriate
       proceedings by Borrower and Borrower has established appropriate reserves
       for the payment of such taxes in accordance with GAAP.

       5. Negative Covenants.  Borrower covenants and agrees that so long as the
Lines of Credit remain in effect, any Master Note remains outstanding and unpaid
or any amount is owed the Banks, Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly:

              (a) Working Capital. Permit Working Capital at any time to be less
       than $5,000,000.

              (b) Tangible Net Worth.  Permit  Tangible Net Worth at any time to
       be less than $32,000,000.

              (c) Total  Liabilities  to Net  Worth.  Permit  the ratio of Total
       Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth at any time to exceed 2.0 to 1.0.

              (d) Fixed Charge Coverage.  Permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
       at any time to be less than 2.0 to 1.0

              (e) Total Liabilities Plus Contingent  Liabilities to Tangible Net
       Worth.  Permit the ratio of the sum of Total  Liabilities plus Contingent
       Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth at any time to exceed 2.5 to 1.0.

              (f)  Restricted  Payments.  (i) Pay or declare any dividend on any
       class of its stock, or (ii) make any other distribution on account of any
       class of its stock,  or (iii)  redeem,  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire,
       directly  or  indirectly,  any shares of its stock (all of the  foregoing
       being herein  called  "Restricted  Payments")  except out of Net Earnings
       Available  For  Restricted  Payments.  There  shall  not be  included  in
       Restricted  Payments or in any computation of Net Earnings  Available For
       Restricted Payments:  (x) dividends paid, or distributions made, in stock
       of  Borrower;  or (y)  exchanges  of  stock  of one or  more  classes  of
       Borrower,  except to the  extent  that  cash or other  value  payable  by
       Borrower is involved in such exchange; or (z) retirements of stock out of
       the proceeds of the simultaneous sale of other stock.

              (g) Liens. Create,  assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of
       its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

                                       8
<PAGE>

                     (i) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being actively
              contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

                     (ii) other Liens  incidental to the conduct of its business
              or the  ownership  of its  property  and  assets  which  were  not
              incurred  in  connection  with  the  borrowing  of  money  or  the
              obtaining of advances or credit, and which do not in the aggregate
              materially  detract  from the value of its  property  or assets or
              materially  impair  the  use  thereof  in  the  operation  of  its
              business;

                     (iii)  Liens  presently  existing  that  are  described  in
              Schedule 3 hereto;

                     (iv) Liens in connection with Capital Lease Obligations;

                     (v)  Liens on life  insurance  policies  owned by  Borrower
              securing  policy  loans  obtained  from the  insurers  under  such
              policies,  provided that (A) the aggregate amount borrowed on each
              policy shall not exceed the loan value  thereof,  and (B) Borrower
              shall not incur any liability to repay any such loan;

                     (vi) other Liens  placed upon  property  being  acquired by
              Borrower  to  secure  a  portion  of the  purchase  price  thereof
              securing Debt permitted by clause (iv) of subsection 5(h);

                     (vii)  liens in favor of a lender  or  investor  which  are
              granted in connection  with a transaction  permitted by subsection
              5(1); and

                     (viii) other Liens; provided the aggregate principal amount
              of  indebtedness  secured by such Liens and incurred in any fiscal
              year of Borrower shall not exceed $1,000,000;

provided,  however,  that if Borrower  does create,  assume or suffer to exist a
Lien on any of its property other than as permitted above, it will make or cause
to be made an effective  provision whereby all indebtedness under this Agreement
will be  secured  by such  liens  equally  and  ratably  with any and all  other
indebtedness  thereby  secured so long as any such other  indebtedness  shall be
secured.  Borrower covenants that it will, and will cause its independent public
accountants  to, make specific  reference to the provisions of this paragraph in
all  financial  statements  of Borrower  hereafter  delivered  to any  creditor,
prospective creditor or credit rating agency.

              (h) Debt.  Create,  incur,  assume  or suffer to exist any  Funded
       Debt, except:

                     (i) Funded Debt represented by the Master Notes;

                                       9
<PAGE>

                     (ii) Funded Debt of Borrower  not  exceeding  an  aggregate
              principal amount of $1,530,000 at any time outstanding pursuant to
              the Note Agreements;

                     (iii)  Capital  Lease  Obligations  which  are  subject  to
              limitations specified in subsection 5(k);

                     (iv)  other  Funded  Debt  of  Borrower  not  exceeding  an
              aggregate  principal amount of $4,000,000 at any time outstanding;
              and

                     (v) Funded Debt incurred in connection with Liens permitted
              by subsection 5(g)(viii).

              (i) Loans, Advances,  Investments and Contingent Liabilities. Make
       or permit to remain  outstanding  any loan or advance  to, or  guarantee,
       endorse  or  otherwise  be or become  contingently  liable,  directly  or
       indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stock or dividends of, or
       own, purchase or acquire any stock,  obligations or securities of, or any
       other  interest  in, or make any  capital  contribution  to, any  Person,
       except that Borrower may:

                     (i)  acquire  and  own  stock,  obligations  or  securities
              received in settlement of debts (created in the ordinary course of
              business) owing to Borrower;

                     (ii) own,  purchase or acquire prime  commercial  paper (or
              unrated  commercial  paper  issued  by  corporate  obligors  which
              support  the  issuance  of  such  commercial   paper  through  the
              availability  of a line of  credit  provided  by a  United  States
              commercial bank having capital resources in excess of $50,000,000)
              and  certificates  of deposit due within one year from the date of
              purchase  and  bank  repurchase   agreements,   in  United  States
              commercial   banks   (having   capital   resources  in  excess  of
              $50,000,000),  in each case payable in the United States in United
              States dollars, obligations of the United States Government or any
              agency thereof,  and  obligations  guaranteed by the United States
              Government;

                     (iii) endorse negotiable  instruments for collection in the
              ordinary course of business;

                     (iv) make or permit to remain  outstanding travel and other
              like advances to officers and employees in the ordinary  course of
              business;

                     (v)   guarantee,   endorse  or   otherwise   be  or  become
              contingently  liable,  directly or indirectly,  in connection with
              the  obligations  of any  other  person if  Borrower  shall be and
              remain at all times in compliance with subsection 5(e); and

                                       10
<PAGE>

                     (vi) make or permit to remain outstanding  loans,  advances
              and  investments in Topco,  provided that the aggregate  amount of
              all such loans,  advances  and  investments  (at cost) at any time
              outstanding  shall not exceed an amount  necessary for Borrower to
              maintain its membership in Topco in good standing;

              (j) Merger and Sale of Assets. Merge or consolidate with any other
       corporation or sell,  lease or transfer or otherwise  dispose of all or a
       substantial  part of its assets,  or assets which shall have  contributed
       more than 20% of Net Earnings for any of the three fiscal years then most
       recently ended, to any Person.

              (k) Lease Rentals.  Enter into, or permit to remain in effect, any
       agreements  to rent or lease (as lessee)  any real or  personal  property
       (except transportation equipment) for initial terms (including options to
       renew or extend any term, whether or not exercised) of more than one year
       if after giving effect  thereto the  aggregate  amount of all payments in
       any fiscal year  payable by Borrower  to lessors  under all such  leases,
       minus the  aggregate  of all rentals  received by Borrower in such fiscal
       year from all sub-lessees would exceed 1.3% of gross  consolidated  sales
       of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the preceding fiscal year.

              (l) Sale and  Lease-Back.  Enter  into  any  arrangement  with any
       lender  or  investor  or to which  such  lender  or  investor  is a party
       providing for the leasing by Borrower of real or personal  property which
       has been or is to be sold or  transferred  by  Borrower to such lender or
       investor  or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be  advanced
       by such  lender or investor  on the  security of such  property or rental
       obligations  of Borrower  except to the extent that any such  arrangement
       with a lender or investor is made in connection  with the  development by
       the  Borrower of a new Retail  Outlet and such  arrangement  is completed
       within 18 months after the opening of such new Retail Outlet.

              (m) Sale or  Discount  of  Receivables.  Sell  with  recourse,  or
       discount or otherwise sell for less than the face value  thereof,  any of
       its notes or accounts receivable.

              (n) Restrictions on Transactions  With  Stockholders.  Directly or
       indirectly, purchase, acquire or lease any property (other than shares of
       stock of Borrower) from, or sell, dispose of or lease any property (other
       than shares of stock of  Borrower)  to, or  otherwise  deal with,  in the
       ordinary course of business or otherwise (i) any Substantial Stockholder,
       or (ii) any  corporation  in which a Substantial  Stockholder  owns 5% or
       more of the  outstanding  voting  stock,  except  that  such  Substantial
       Stockholder may be a director, officer or employee of Borrower and may be
       paid reasonable compensation in connection therewith.

                                       11
<PAGE>

              (o) Certain Contracts. Enter into or be a party to:

                     (i)  any  contract  providing  for  the  making  of  loans,
              advances or capital  contributions to any Person (except where the
              obligation  is limited to a fixed  maximum  amount which is within
              the  limitations of subsection  5(i)),  or for the purchase of any
              property  from any  Person,  in each case in order to enable  such
              Person to maintain working capital, net worth or any other balance
              sheet condition or to pay debts, dividends or expenses; or

                     (ii) any contract for the purchase of  materials,  supplies
              or other  property or services  if such  contract  (or any related
              document)  requires that payment for such  materials,  supplies or
              other property or services shall be made  regardless of whether or
              not  delivery of such  materials,  supplies  or other  property or
              services is ever made or tendered; or

                     (iii)  any  contract  for  the  sale  or use of  materials,
              supplies or other property,  or the rendering of services, if such
              contract (or any related document)  requires that payment for such
              materials,  supplies or other  property,  or the use  thereof,  or
              payment  for  such  services,   shall  be   subordinated   to  any
              indebtedness (of the purchaser or user of such materials, supplies
              or other  property  or the Person  entitled to the benefit of such
              services) owed or to be owed to any Person; provided however, that
              nothing contained in this clause (iii) shall prohibit the Borrower
              from becoming a general  unsecured  creditor of another  Person in
              the ordinary course of business or shall prevent the Borrower from
              agreeing to subordinate  obligations payable by its franchisees in
              favor of third  party  lenders,  as and to the extent  required by
              such lenders; or

                     (iv) any other  contract  which,  in  economic  effect,  is
              substantially  equivalent to a guarantee,  except as permitted by,
              and within the limitations of, subsection 5(e).

              (p) Letters of Credit for Worker's Compensation.  Have outstanding
       letters of credit  issued for the account of Borrower  for the benefit of
       various states to secure the payment of worker's  compensation  liability
       in such states in an aggregate amount available to be drawn thereunder in
       excess of $10,000,000.

              (q)  Change in  Control.  Permit  any  Person or group of  Persons
       acting in concert (other than affiliates,  including without  limitation,
       employee  benefit plans, of the Borrower) to acquire more than 30% of the
       Borrower's  outstanding  voting  securities,  or  permit  any two or more
       nominees  proposed by the Borrower for election to its board of directors
       to  be  defeated  in  such  election  pursuant  to  any  single  vote  of
       shareholders of the Borrower.

                                       12
<PAGE>

       6.  Event of  Default.  An  "Event  of  Default"  shall be deemed to have
occurred if:

              (a)  Any  representation  or  warranty  made by  Borrower  in this
       Agreement,   or  in  any  certificate  of  Borrower  furnished  to  Banks
       hereunder,  shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect as
       of the time when made.

              (b) If Borrower shall fail to pay any interest or principal on any
       Loan  when due  hereunder,  fail to pay any  Availability  Fees  when due
       hereunder,  or fail to pay when due any  principal  or interest on any of
       its other  indebtedness,  if any,  to Banks,  whether at  maturity  or by
       acceleration or otherwise,  and such failure shall continue uncured for a
       period of ten (10) days after the applicable due date.

              (c) Borrower shall default in the performance or observance of any
       covenant  or  agreement  contained  in  this  Agreement  or in any  other
       agreement between Borrower and Banks; provided, however, that a breach in
       the  performance  or observance of an  affirmative  covenant or agreement
       contained in Section 4 of this Agreement  shall only constitute a default
       if the  breach  remains  uncured  for a period of thirty  (30) days after
       written notice thereof from Banks to Borrower.

              (d) Borrower shall:

                     (i) Apply for or consent to the  appointment of a receiver,
              trustee or liquidator of Borrower or of all or substantial part of
              the assets of Borrower;

                     (ii) Be unable to, or admit in writing  its  inability  to,
              pay its debts as they mature;

                     (iii)  Make  a  general   assignment  for  the  benefit  of
              creditors;

                     (iv) Be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

                     (v) File a voluntary  petition in  bankruptcy or a petition
              or  an  answer  seeking  reorganization  or  an  arrangement  with
              creditors or to take advantage of any insolvency law, or an answer
              admitting  the material  allegations  of a petition  filed against
              Borrower  in  any   bankruptcy,   reorganization   or   insolvency
              proceeding; or

                     (vi)  Corporate  action  shall be taken by Borrower for the
              purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

              (e) A petition  for an order,  judgment or decree  shall be filed,
       without the application,  approval or consent of Borrower, with any court
       of competent  jurisdiction,  seeking  reorganization of Borrower,  or the
       appointment of a receiver,

                                       13
<PAGE>

       trustee or liquidator of Borrower or of all or a substantial  part of the
       assets of Borrower,  and such petition shall remain  undismissed  for any
       period of sixty (60) days.

              (f) An  Event of  Default  (as such  term is  defined  in the Note
       Agreements)  shall have occurred  (regardless of whether such  occurrence
       shall  be  voluntary  or  involuntary  or come  about or be  effected  by
       operation of law or otherwise) under the Note Agreements.

              (g) Borrower shall default in the payment of principal or interest
       on any  obligation  (other than  obligations  hereunder or under the Note
       Agreements)  for  borrowed  money in a principal  amount  greater than or
       equal to  $250,000  beyond  any  period of grace  provided  with  respect
       thereto or in the performance of any other  agreement,  term or condition
       contained  therein or in any agreement or security  interest  relating to
       any such obligation,  if the effect of such default is to cause or permit
       the holder or holders of such obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf
       of such holder or holders) to cause such  obligation  to become due prior
       to its stated maturity.

              (h) A final judgment which,  together with other outstanding final
       judgments  against it,  exceeds an aggregate of $100,000 shall be entered
       against  Borrower and remains  outstanding  and  unsatisfied  or unstayed
       after  sixty (60) days from the date of entry  thereof,  unless an appeal
       has been taken and perfected within the time provided by law and suitable
       bond has been provided or other  agreement made to stay execution of such
       judgment.

       7. Rights Upon  Default.  If the Events of Default  specified in Sections
6(d) and 6(e) shall occur, the Banks'  obligations to make Loans hereunder shall
immediately  terminate  and any Loan (with accrued  interest  thereon) and other
amounts owing under this Agreement and the Master Notes shall immediately become
due and payable. If any other Event of Default shall occur, the Banks may (i) by
notice  of  default  to  Borrower,  declare  the  Banks'  obligations  hereunder
terminated forthwith, whereupon such obligations shall terminate, and/or (ii) by
notice of default to Borrower,  declare any Loan and all amounts owing hereunder
and under the Master Notes to be due and payable  forthwith,  whereupon the same
shall become immediately due and payable.  Except as expressly provided above in
this Section,  presentment,  demand,  protest and further notice of any kind are
hereby expressly waived.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Banks' obligations
to maintain  the  confidentiality  of any  nonpublic  financial  information  of
Borrower  provided to Banks  pursuant to Section  4(a) of this  Agreement  shall
survive the termination of its other obligations hereunder.

       In the event of any  occurrence of any Event of Default,  Borrower  shall
pay all costs and expenses  which may be incurred by Banks with respect  thereto
and with respect to the collection of any amounts due Banks  pursuant  hereto or
the enforcement of any provisions hereof,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees
and  expenses of  litigation,  and all such sums shall be and become part of the
indebtedness  pursuant to this Agreement.  In addition to and not in lieu of any
other right or remedy they may have at any time, Banks at any time and from time
to time at their election, may (but they shall not be required to) do or perform
or comply with

                                       14
<PAGE>

or cause to be done or performed or complied with anything which Borrower may be
required to do or comply with under this  Agreement if Borrower shall fail to do
so;  Borrower  shall  reimburse  Banks upon  demand for any  reasonable  cost or
expense Banks may pay or incur in such respect,  together with interest  thereon
at the Prime Rate plus two percent (2%) from the date of such demand until paid.
The failure of Banks at any time or from time to time to  exercise  any right or
remedy,  whether arising from or by virtue of any event of default or otherwise,
shall not  constitute  a waiver of any such right or remedy and shall not impair
the right of Banks to exercise such right or remedy or any other right or remedy
thereafter  or to  insist  upon  strict  performance.  No waiver of any right or
remedy by Banks shall be valid or effective unless made in writing and signed by
an officer of each Bank.  Any effective  waiver of any right or remedy shall not
be deemed to  constitute a waiver of any other right or remedy then  existing or
which  may  thereafter  arise  or  accrue.  The  remedies  herein  provided  are
cumulative  and  not  exclusive  of any  remedies  provided  by  law.  Upon  the
occurrence  of any Event of  Default,  and  pursuant to the  provisions  of this
Section,  Banks may sue to enforce the obligations of Borrower  pursuant to this
Agreement.

       8. Conditions of Disbursement. Banks shall be under no obligation to make
any advances  under the Lines of Credit  pursuant to this  Agreement  unless the
following conditions shall have been fulfilled:

              (a) The  representations  and  warranties  of  Borrower  contained
       herein  shall be true at the time of the initial  advance and at the time
       of  each   subsequent   advance  under  this  Agreement  as  though  such
       representations and warranties were made at such time.

              (b) Borrower shall have performed and complied with all agreements
       and  conditions  required by this  Agreement  to be performed or complied
       with by it.

              (c) Prior to the initial  advance  under this  Agreement  Borrower
       shall have  delivered to Banks an opinion in writing of Borrower's  legal
       counsel,  which counsel  shall be acceptable to Banks,  dated on or after
       the  date of  this  Agreement,  to the  effect  that  (i)  Borrower  is a
       corporation  duly  organized and existing  under the laws of the State of
       Wisconsin,  and has the power and authority to enter into this  Agreement
       and to make  borrowings  and  execute  and  deliver  the Master  Notes as
       provided for herein;  (ii) the execution  and delivery of this  Agreement
       and  compliance  with the terms hereof by Borrower and the  execution and
       delivery of the Master  Notes  pursuant  hereto are not at variance or in
       contravention  of any  provision  of the  Articles of  Incorporation,  or
       By-Laws of  Borrower,  or any  indenture,  contract or agreement of which
       such  counsel has  knowledge  after due inquiry,  to which  Borrower is a
       party or to which it is subject (or that any such  contravention has been
       appropriately  waived),  or any statute,  rule or regulation binding upon
       Borrower;  (iii) all corporate action necessary to authorize  Borrower to
       enter  into  this  Agreement,   to  perform  its  obligations  hereunder,
       including the obtaining of the Lines of Credit hereunder,  and to execute
       and deliver any and all documents necessary to comply with the provisions
       of this  Agreement  has been taken;  (iv) this  Agreement  and the Master
       Notes have been duly  executed by Borrower; 

                                       15
<PAGE>

       (v) this Agreement and the Master Notes  constitute the legal,  valid and
       binding  obligations of Borrower and are enforceable  against Borrower in
       accordance with their terms,  except for bankruptcy,  insolvency,  or the
       grant of  equitable  remedies  and  other  standard  exceptions;  (vi) no
       consent of any public body,  agency,  commission or board is necessary to
       the making and assumption of obligations hereunder by Borrower; and (vii)
       so far as it is known to such counsel and except as set forth in Schedule
       1 to this Agreement,  there is no material  litigation,  and there are no
       material proceedings by any public body, agency or authority,  pending or
       threatened against Borrower.

              (d)  Borrower  shall  furnish to Banks  copies of its most  recent
       financial  statements  prepared  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
       subsection 4(a).

              (e) Borrower shall furnish Banks with certified resolutions of its
       Board  of  Directors  authorizing  its  execution  and  delivery  of this
       Agreement and the performance of its obligations and covenants  contained
       herein.

              (f) Borrower  shall furnish Banks with a certificate of incumbency
       with respect to the persons  authorized  to execute this  Agreement,  the
       Master Notes,  and all other  documents to be executed in connection with
       the transactions which are the subject of this Agreement.

       9. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:

              (a) "Capital Lease  Obligations" shall mean all rental obligations
       which, under GAAP, are or will be required to be capitalized on the books
       of  Borrower   (including,   without  limitation,   all  existing  rental
       obligations  which are  required  to be so  capitalized  for  calendar or
       fiscal years  beginning  after December 31, 1980),  in each case taken at
       the  amount  thereof  accounted  for as  indebtedness  (net  of  interest
       expense) in accordance with such principles.

              (b)  "Contingent  Liability"  shall mean,  as to any  Person,  any
       guarantee of indebtedness or any other obligation of any second Person or
       any  assurance  with  respect to the  financial  condition  of any second
       Person,  whether  direct,  indirect  or  contingent,  including,  without
       limitation, (i) any purchase or repurchase agreement or other arrangement
       of whatever nature having the effect of assuring or holding  harmless any
       third Person  against loss with respect to any  obligation of such second
       Person and (ii) any Customer Advances;  provided,  however, that the term
       "Contingent  Obligation" shall not include (y endorsements of instruments
       for deposit or collection  in the ordinary  course of business or (z) any
       obligations to reimburse an issuer of a letter of credit  permitted under
       subsection 5(p).

              (c) "Current  Debt" shall mean any  obligation  for borrowed money
       (and any notes  payable and drafts  accepted  representing  extensions of
       credit  whether  or not  representing  obligations  for  borrowed  money)
       payable  on  demand  or  within a period of one year from the date of the
       creation thereof; provided that any obligation

                                       16
<PAGE>

       shall  be  treated  as  Funded  Debt,  regardless  of its  term,  if such
       obligation  is renewable  pursuant to the terms thereof or of a revolving
       credit or similar  agreement  effective  for more than one year after the
       date of the  creation  of such  obligation,  or may be payable out of the
       proceeds of a similar obligation pursuant to the terms of such obligation
       or of any such agreement. Any obligation secured by a Lien on, or payable
       out of the proceeds of such production  from,  property of Borrower shall
       be deemed to be Funded or Current  Debt,  as the case may be, of Borrower
       even though such obligation shall not be assumed by Borrower.

              (d)  "Customer  Advances"  shall  mean  receivables  of  Borrower,
       payable by customers  operating  Retail Outlets,  arising out of sales by
       Borrower to such  customers of fixtures and  equipment,  which shall have
       remained outstanding for more than thirty (30) consecutive days.

              (e) "Environmental  Laws" shall mean all federal,  state and local
       laws including statutes,  regulations ordinances,  codes, rules and other
       governmental  restrictions  and  requirements  relating to the discharge,
       emission or release of air pollutants,  water pollutants or process waste
       water or otherwise  relating in any way,  directly or indirectly,  to the
       environment  or  hazardous  substances  in general  or to storage  tanks,
       petroleum products, PCBs or asbestos,  including, but not limited to, the
       Federal Solid Waste  Disposal Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Federal
       Clean  Water  Act,  the  Federal  Resource   Conservation   Environmental
       Responsibility,  Cleanup and  Liability Act of 1980,  regulations  of the
       Environmental  Protection  Agency,  regulations of the Nuclear Regulatory
       Agency,  and  regulations of any state  department of natural  resources,
       state  environmental  protection  agency  or any  governmental  authority
       whatsoever, now or at any time hereafter in effect.

              (f) "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
       of 1974, as the same may, from time to time, be supplemented or amended.

              (g) "Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio" shall mean the ratio of (i) the
       sum of pre-tax income plus  depreciation and  amortization  plus interest
       expense to (ii) the sum of interest  expense plus current  maturities  of
       long-term  debt plus the current  portion of Capital  Lease  Obligations;
       provided,  however,  that for  purposes of  calculating  the Fixed Charge
       Coverage  Ratio,  there shall be excluded from both the numerator and the
       denominator the effects that loans and other financing  transactions have
       on the  Company's  results of  operations  to the  extent  such loans and
       financing  transactions relate to financing provided by the Company to or
       on behalf of its franchisees.

              (h) "Funded Debt" shall mean any obligation  payable more than one
       year from the date of the creation thereof,  which under GAAP is shown on
       the balance sheet as a liability (including,  without limitation, Capital
       Lease  Obligations  and excluding  reserves for deferred income taxes and
       other  reserves to the extent that such  reserves  do not  constitute  an
       obligation).

                                       17
<PAGE>

              (i) "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting  principles in
       the United States of America in effect from time to time.

              (j) "Lien" shall mean any  mortgage,  pledge,  security  interest,
       encumbrance,  lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give
       any of the  foregoing,  any  conditional  sale or other  title  retention
       agreement, and any lease in the nature thereof).

              (k) "Net Earnings"  shall mean gross revenues of Borrower less all
       operating and non-operating expenses of Borrower including all charges of
       a proper  character  (including  current  and  deferred  taxes on income,
       provision for taxes on unremitted  foreign earnings which are included in
       gross revenues, and current additions to reserves),  but not including in
       gross revenues any gains (net of expenses and taxes  applicable  thereto)
       in  excess  of  losses  resulting  from  the  sale,  conversion  or other
       disposition of capital assets (i.e.,  assets other than current  assets),
       any gains  resulting from the write-up of assets,  any equity of Borrower
       in the unremitted  earnings of any other corporation,  or any earnings of
       any Person acquired by Borrower through purchase, merger or consolidation
       or  otherwise  for  any  year  prior  to the  year  of  acquisition,  all
       determined in accordance with GAAP.

              (l) "Net Earnings Available For Restricted Payments" shall mean an
       amount equal to (i) the sum of (A  $4,263,000,  (B) 40% (or minus 100% in
       the case of a  deficit)  of Net  Earnings  for the  period  (taken as one
       accounting period)  commencing  December 29, 1991, and terminating at the
       end of the  last  fiscal  quarter  preceding  the  date  of any  proposed
       Restricted Payment, and (C) 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the
       Company from the issuance or sale of  authorized  but unissued  shares of
       its Common  Stock,  but only to the  extent of the number of such  shares
       previously  acquired  in  transactions  which  constituted  the making of
       Restricted Payments, less (ii) the sum of all Restricted Payments made on
       or after December 29, 1991.

              (m) "Net Worth"  shall mean,  as of the time of any  determination
       thereof,  the sum of (A) the par value  (or value  stated on the books of
       Borrower) of the capital stock of all classes of Borrower, plus (or minus
       in the case of a deficit) (B) the amount of the surplus,  whether capital
       or  earned,  of  Borrower,  plus (C) the  prepaid  franchise  rights  and
       trademarks under the Piggly Wiggly Master Franchise  Agreement,  provided
       however,  that Net Worth  shall not  include  any  intangible  assets not
       reflected on Borrower's  most recent  balance  sheet;  all  determined in
       accordance with GAAP consistent with those followed in the preparation of
       the financial statements referred to in subsection 4 (a).

              (n) "Offered  Rate" shall mean with respect to each Bank, the rate
       of interest  per annum from time to time offered by such Bank to Borrower
       on Loans.  Each Bank shall be entitled to fix and  establish  its Offered
       Rate in its sole and absolute  discretion.  Upon the request of Borrower,
       each Bank shall provide  Borrower with a 

                                       18
<PAGE>

       quotation of its current Offered Rate. Each Bank may make loans at, above
       or below its Offered Rate.

              (o) "Person" shall mean and include an individual,  a partnership,
       a joint venture, a corporation,  a trust, an unincorporated  organization
       and a government or any department or agency thereof.

              (p) "Plan" shall mean as to any Person any pension plan, including
       a "multi-employer  plan" as defined in Section 4001(a) (3) of ERISA, that
       is covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which that  Person or a
       Commonly  Controlled Entity of that Person is an "employer" as defined in
       Section 3(5) of ERISA.

              (q) "Prime Rate" shall mean with respect to each Bank, such Bank's
       announced prime rate per annum from time to time in effect. Each Bank may
       make loans at, above or below its Prime Rate.

              (r) "Retail  Outlets"  shall mean and include  stores,  engaged in
       retail  trade,  owned or  operated  by  Borrower  of the  type  presently
       operated by Borrower and engaged in operations similar to those presently
       conducted by Borrower,  and such stores owned or operated by customers of
       Borrower.

              (s)  "Substantial  Stockholder"  shall mean (i) any Person owning,
       beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, either individually or
       together  with all other Persons to whom such Person is related by blood,
       adoption or marriage,  stock of Borrower  (of any class  having  ordinary
       voting power for the  election of  directors)  aggregating  5% or more of
       such  voting  power or (ii) any  Person  related  by blood,  adoption  or
       marriage  to any Person  described  or coming  within the  provisions  of
       clause (i) of this subsection 9(s).

              (t)  "Tangible  Net  Worth"  shall  mean,  as of the  time  of any
       determination thereof, the excess of (i) the sum of (A) the par value (or
       value  stated  on the  books of  Borrower)  of the  capital  stock of all
       classes of  Borrower,  plus (or minus in the case of a  deficit)  (B) the
       amount of the surplus,  whether capital or earned, of Borrower,  plus (C)
       the  prepaid  franchise  rights and  trademarks  under the Piggly  Wiggly
       Master  Franchise  Agreement,  over  (ii)  the  sum  of  treasury  stock,
       unamortized  debt  discount and  expense,  good will,  trademarks,  trade
       names,  patents,  deferred  charges and other  intangible  assets and any
       write-up  of the  value  of any  assets  after  December  28,  1985;  all
       determined in accordance  with GAAP consistent with those followed in the
       preparation of the financial  statements  referred to in subsection 4(a);
       provided however, that assets held under Capitalized Leases and leasehold
       improvements  shall not be classified as intangible assets in determining
       the amount of Tangible Net Worth.

              (u)  "Topco"  shall mean Topco  Associates,  Inc.,  a  cooperative
       non-profit buying organization.

                                       19
<PAGE>

              (v)  "Total  Commitment"  of M&I shall  mean  $9,000,000  less the
       aggregate  amount  of  reductions,  if any,  in  M&I's  Total  Commitment
       requested  by  Borrower  pursuant  to  subsection  1(g)  and  the  "Total
       Commitment" of Firstar shall mean $7,000,000 less the aggregate amount of
       reductions,  if any, in Firstar's Total Commitment  requested by Borrower
       pursuant to subsection 1(g).

              (w)  "Total   Liabilities"   shall  mean  the   aggregate  of  all
       liabilities  and  reserves  of  every  kind  and  character  of  Borrower
       determined in accordance  with GAAP consistent with those followed in the
       preparation of the financial statements referred in subsection 3(d).

              (x) "Working Capital" shall mean the excess of current assets over
       current liabilities of Borrower,  both determined in accordance with GAAP
       consistent  with  those  followed  in the  preparation  of the  financial
       statements  referred to in subsection 4(a), provided that there shall not
       be included in current  assets (i) any loans or advances made by Borrower
       except  travel and other like  advances to officers and  employees in the
       ordinary course of business,  nor (ii) any assets known by Borrower to be
       located outside (including any amounts at any time outstanding payable by
       Persons  known by Borrower to be located  outside)  the United  States of
       America and Canada,  and  further  provided  that  current  assets  shall
       include  an  amount  equal to (i) 50% of LIFO  reserves  included  in the
       financial  statements  and  footnotes  thereto  delivered  to  the  Banks
       pursuant to subsection 4(a) and (ii) the difference  between  $16,000,000
       and the aggregate  principal amount of debt  outstanding  pursuant to the
       Master Notes.

10.    Miscellaneous.

              (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
       and be binding upon any successor to any of the parties  hereto and shall
       extend and be  available  to any holder of the Master  Notes and renewals
       thereof.  Borrower may not assign or otherwise  transfer its rights under
       this Agreement except with the prior written consent of the Banks.

              (b) The Banks and the Borrower may, from time to time,  enter into
       written amendments,  supplements or modifications  hereto for the purpose
       of adding  provisions to any  agreements,  instruments or other documents
       hereunder  or for the purpose of changing in any manner the rights of the
       Banks or of the Company thereunder, and the Banks may execute and deliver
       to the Company a written instrument waiving, on such terms and conditions
       as the Banks may specify in such  instrument,  any of the requirements of
       this  Agreement or any Default or Event of Default and its  consequences.
       In the case of any waiver, the Company and the Banks shall be restored to
       their former position and rights under this Agreement, and any Default or
       Event of Default  waived shall be deemed to be cured and not  continuing.
       However,  no waiver of a Default or Event of Default  shall extend to any
       subsequent  or other  Default  or Event of  Default,  or impair any right
       consequent thereon.

                                       20
<PAGE>

       No  amendment,  supplement,  modification,  or waiver  shall be effective
       except if in writing and duly executed by both Banks and the Company.

              (c) In the event that any date provided  herein for any payment by
       Borrower shall be a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, such payment date
       shall be deemed to be the next  business  day  following  such  Saturday,
       Sunday or legal holiday.

              (d) All  representations  and warranties made herein shall survive
       the extension of any advance  under this  Agreement and the execution and
       the delivery of the Master Notes or renewals thereof.

              (e) Unless otherwise specified, all notices,  requests and demands
       to be to or upon the  respective  parties  hereto  shall be  deemed to be
       effective  only if in  writing  or if  given by  facsimile  transmission,
       telegraph or telex and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall
       be deemed to have been  duly  given or made,  in the case of a  delivered
       notice,  when delivered by hand, or, in the case of a mailed notice, when
       deposited in the mail,  postage  prepaid,  or in the case of  telegraphic
       notice, when delivered to the telegraph company, or, in the case of telex
       notice,  when sent, answer back received,  or, in the case of a facsimile
       transmission,  upon acknowledgement of receipt,  addressed as follows, or
       to such other  address as may be hereafter  specified  by the  respective
       parties hereto and any future holders of the Master Notes:

                  Borrower:                 Schultz Sav-O Stores, Inc.
                                            2215 Union Avenue
                                            Sheboygan, WI 53081
                                            Attention:  Mr. John H. Dahly
                                            Fax:  (414) 457-6295

                  Banks:                    M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank
                                            770 North Water Street
                                            Milwaukee, WI 53202
                                            Attention:  Ms. Gina A. Peter
                                            Fax:  (414) 765-7625

                                            Firstar Bank Milwaukee,
                                              National Association
                                            777 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                            Milwaukee, WI 53202
                                            Attention:  Mr. Scott D. Roeper
                                            Fax:  (414) 765-5062

       provided  that any notice,  request or demand upon the Banks  pursuant to
       Section 1 hereof shall not be effective until received.

                                       21
<PAGE>

              (f)  Borrower  shall (i) pay or  reimburse  Banks for all of their
       reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses incurred in connection with
       the negotiation, consideration, development, preparation and/or execution
       of and any amendment,  supplement or modification to, this Agreement, the
       Master  Notes or any  other  document  prepared  in  connection  herewith
       (whether  or not  any  such  amendment,  supplement  or  modification  is
       effected  or  consummated),  and  the  consummation  of the  transactions
       contemplated  hereby and  thereby,  including,  without  limitation,  the
       reasonable fees and  disbursements of counsel to the Banks,  (ii) pay and
       reimburse Banks for all of their reasonable costs and expenses including,
       but not limited to,  litigation  costs  incurred in  connection  with the
       enforcement  or  preservations  of any rights or questions  arising under
       this Agreement,  the Master Notes or any such other document  prepared in
       connection herewith,  including, without limitation,  reasonable fees and
       disbursements of counsel to Banks, and (iii) pay,  indemnify and hold the
       Banks harmless from any and all recording and filing fees and any and all
       liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp,
       excise and other taxes,  if any, which may be payable or determined to be
       payable in connection with the execution and delivery of any consummation
       of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment,  supplement
       or modification  of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of this
       Agreement or any such other documents.  The obligations in this Paragraph
       shall survive repayment of the Master Notes and all other amounts payable
       hereunder.

              (g) This  Agreement,  the  Master  Notes and all  other  documents
       delivered in connection  herewith and the rights and  obligations  of the
       parties  thereto shall be governed by, and construed and  interpreted  in
       accordance  with  the  laws of the  State  of  Wisconsin.  Venue  for the
       settlement of disputes  under this  Agreement  shall be the United States
       District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin or the Circuit Court
       of  Milwaukee  County,  Wisconsin.  Borrower  consents to the exercise of
       jurisdiction by these courts and of vesting of venue therein.

              (h) In addition to any of the rights and remedies provided by law,
       or any other  rights or remedies  provided  for in this  Agreement or any
       document  delivered in connection  herewith,  upon the  occurrence of any
       Event of Default,  Banks are hereby irrevocably  authorized,  at any time
       and from time to time without  prior notice to Borrower,  any such notice
       being expressly waived by Borrower, to set-off, appropriate and apply any
       and all  deposits  (general or special,  time or demand,  provisional  or
       final), in any currency,  and any other credits,  indebtedness or claims,
       in any currency, in each case direct or indirect or contingent or matured
       or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Banks to or for the credit
       of the account of Borrower, or any part thereof, in such amounts as Banks
       may elect,  against and on account of the  obligations and liabilities of
       Borrower  to Banks  hereunder  or under the Master  Notes,  and claims of
       every nature and description of Banks against  Borrower,  whether arising
       hereunder, under any note or otherwise, that the Banks may elect, whether
       or not  the  Banks  have  made  any  demand  for  payment  although  such
       obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured.

                                       22
<PAGE>

              (i) Any  provision  of  this  Agreement  which  is  prohibited  or
       unenforceable  shall be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition or
       unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

              (j) Any term  defined  herein may,  unless the  context  otherwise
       requires,  be  used  in the  singular  or the  plural,  depending  on the
       reference.

       IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                     SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.


                                     By:  /s/ James H. Dickelman                
                                         James H. Dickelman, Chairman,
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer


                                     Attest:

                                          /s/ John H. Dahly                     
                                     John H. Dahly, Executive Vice President,
                                        Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and
                                        Secretary



                                       23
<PAGE>



                                  M&I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK


                                  By:  /s/ Gina A. Peter                        
                                      Gina A. Peter, Vice President


                                  Attest:

                                        /s/                                     
                                  ___________, Vice President            (Title)


                                  FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                  By: /s/ Scott Roeper                          
                                      Scott D. Roeper, Vice President


                                  Attest:

                                        /s/ Stephen Carlton                     
                                  Stephen E. Carlton                     (Title)
                                  Commercial Banking Officer




                                       24
<PAGE>




                           EXHIBITS TO LOAN AGREEMENT
                           --------------------------

Exhibit A-l                 Master Note

Exhibit A-2                 Master Note

Exhibit B                   Officer's Certificate





                           SCHEDULES TO LOAN AGREEMENT
                           ---------------------------

Schedule 1                  Litigation

Schedule 2                  Environmental Matters

Schedule 3                  Existing Liens






                                       25
<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit A-1


                                   MASTER NOTE
                                                            Milwaukee, Wisconsin
$9,000,000                                                      December 3, 1992


       FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, being a Wisconsin
corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  hereby  unconditionally  promises to pay on the
Maturity  Date, to the order of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, a Wisconsin  banking
corporation  (the  "Bank") , at the  offices of Bank  located at 770 North Water
Street,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin  53202,  in lawful money of the United  States of
America and in immediately  available funds, the lesser of (a) the amount of the
M&I Line of Credit or (b) the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of all Loans
made by the Bank to the  Borrower  pursuant  to the  Agreement  (as  hereinafter
defined).  The Borrower  also  unconditionally  promises to pay interest in like
money at said offices on the unpaid  principal  amount  hereof from time to time
outstanding  for the period from and including the date hereof until such amount
shall be paid in full, as provided in the  Agreement.  The holder of this Master
Note is hereby  authorized  to record  the date and  amount of each Loan made by
such holder, and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal,
and any such  recordation  shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy
of the information so recorded.

       This  Master  Note is one of the  Master  Notes  referred  to in the Loan
Agreement,  dated as of December 3, 1992, by and between the Borrower,  the Bank
and  First  Wisconsin  National  Bank of  Milwaukee  (as  amended,  modified  or
supplemented  from time to time, the  "Agreement"),  is entitled to the benefits
thereof and is subject to optional and mandatory  prepayment in whole or in part
as provided  therein.  All  capitalized  terms used in this Master Note,  unless
herein defined, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
Reference is made to the Agreement for relevant terms and provisions  which bear
upon this Master Note and the  payments  hereunder.  Upon the  occurrence  of an
Event of Default as  specified  in the  Agreement,  the amounts  then  remaining
unpaid  under this Master  Note may be declared to be or may become  immediately
due and payable as provided in the Agreement.

       No delay or  omission  on the part of the Bank or any  holder  hereof  in
exercising  any right or option herein given to the Bank or any holder hereof in
exercising  any right or option  herein given to the Bank or holder hereof shall
impair such right or option or be considered as a waiver thereof or acquiescence
in any default hereunder. Borrower hereby waives presentment,  demand, notice of
dishonor,  protest and all other notices and proceedings required as a condition
for payment or collection hereof.

       In the event of default  hereunder,  Borrower  agrees to pay all costs of
collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

<PAGE>

       This Master Note shall be governed by and  construed in  accordance  with
the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

                                  BORROWER:

                                  SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.


                                  By: /s/ James H. Dickelman              (SEAL)
                                      James H. Dickelman, Chairman,
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer

                                  Attest:


                                       /s/ John H. Dahly   
                                  John H. Dahly, Executive Vice
                                     President, Chief Financial Officer,
                                     Treasurer and Secretary




                                       2

<PAGE>


                                                                     Exhibit A-2


                                   MASTER NOTE
                                                            Milwaukee, Wisconsin
$7,000,000                                                      December 3, 1992


       FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned,  being a Wisconsin corporation (the
"Borrower"), hereby unconditionally promises to pay on the Maturity Date, to the
order of Firstar  Bank  Milwaukee,  National  Association,  a  national  banking
association  (the "Bank"),  at the offices of Bank located at 777 East Wisconsin
Avenue,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin  53202,  in lawful money of the United  States of
America and in immediately  available funds, the lesser of (a) the amount of the
Firstar Line of Credit or (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans
made by the Bank to the  Borrower  pursuant  to the  Agreement  (as  hereinafter
defined).  The Borrower  also  unconditionally  promises to pay interest in like
money at said offices on the unpaid  principal  amount  hereof from time to time
outstanding  for the period from and including the date hereof until such amount
shall be paid in full, as provided in the  Agreement.  The holder of this Master
Note is hereby  authorized  to record  the date and  amount of each Loan made by
such holder, and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal,
and any such  recordation  shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy
of the information so recorded.

       This  Master  Note is one of the  Master  Notes  referred  to in the Loan
Agreement,  dated as of December 3, 1992, by and between the Borrower,  the Bank
and M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank (as amended,  modified or supplemented  from time
to time, the "Agreement"), is entitled to the benefits thereof and is subject to
optional and mandatory  prepayment in whole or in part as provided therein.  All
capitalized  terms used in this Master Note,  unless herein defined,  shall have
the meanings  assigned to such terms in the Agreement.  Reference is made to the
Agreement for relevant terms and provisions which bear upon this Master Note and
the payments hereunder.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default as specified
in the Agreement,  the amounts then remaining  unpaid under this Master Note may
be declared to be or may become  immediately  due and payable as provided in the
Agreement.

       No delay or  omission  on the part of the Bank or any  holder  hereof  in
exercising  any right or option herein given to the Bank or any holder hereof in
exercising  any right or option  herein given to the Bank or holder hereof shall
impair such right or option or be considered as a waiver thereof or acquiescence
in any default hereunder. Borrower hereby waives presentment,  demand, notice of
dishonor,  protest and all other notices and proceedings required as a condition
for payment or collection hereof.

       In the event of default  hereunder,  Borrower  agrees to pay all costs of
collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees.
<PAGE>

       This Master Note shall be governed by and  construed in  accordance  with
the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

                                  BORROWER:

                                  SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.


                                  By: /s/ James H. Dickelman              (SEAL)
                                      James H. Dickelman, Chairman,
                                      President and Chief Executive Officer

                                  Attest:


                                       /s/ John H. Dahly              
                                  John H. Dahly, Executive Vice
                                     President, Chief Financial Officer,
                                     Treasurer and Secretary




                                       2

<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit B
                                       to
                                 Loan Agreement



                            _______________ ____ 1992



Ms. Gina Peter                                      Mr. Scott Roeper
Vice President                                      Vice President
M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank                          Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A.
770 North Water Street                              777 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, WI 53202-3593                            Milwaukee, WI 53202

Dear Gina and Scott:

       Pursuant to Section  4(a) of the Loan  Agreement  (the "Loan  Agreement")
dated October __, 1992 among Schultz Sav-O Stores,  Inc.,  M&I Marshall & Ilsley
Bank and Firstar Bank Milwaukee,  National Association, the following sets forth
calculations of the Company's compliance with certain of the financial covenants
of the Loan Agreement:

(A)    Working Capital Computation (Section 5(a))

       Add:  Current Assets                   $
                                               ----------

           50% of LIFO reserve                                    
              included in the Borrower's                          
              financial statements                                
              (Section 9(x))                   ---------- 

           Unused portion of                                
              revolving credit availability                 
              (Section 9(x))                   ----------           
                                                                    $
                                                                     -----------
       Deduct:  Current Liabilities                                             
                                                                    $
       Working Capital                                               -----------
                                                                    $
       Minimum requirement                                           -----------
                                                                    $  5,000,000
                                                                     ===========
<PAGE>                                                                     
Ms. Gina Peter and Mr. Scott Roeper
_______________ ___ 1992
Page 2


(B)    Tangible Net Worth (Section 5(b))                            

       Minimum requirement                                          $ 
                                                                     -----------
                                                                    $ 32,000,000
(C)    Total Liabilities to Tangible                                 ===========
       Net Worth (Section 5(c))                                                 
                                                                                
       Total liabilities and shareholders'                                      
       investment                                                               
                                                                                
       Less:  Shareholders' investment                              $
                                                                     -----------
       Total Liabilities                                            $ 
                                                                     -----------
       Ratio of Total Liabilities to                                $
       Tangible Net Worth                                            -----------
                                                                                
                                                                         to 1.00
       Maximum permitted                                            ============
                                                                                
                                                                    2.00 to 1.00
(D)    Fixed Charge Coverage                                        ============
       (Section 5(d))                                                           
                                                                                
       Add:  Pretax income                     $                    $ 
                                                -----------          -----------
           Depreciation and    
              amortization                      -----------
                                                 
           Interest expense                     -----------
                                                                    $
                                                                     ===========
       Add:  Interest expense                  $
                                                -----------
           Long-term debt:      current         -----------
                                               
           Capital leases:      current         -----------

                                                                    $
                                                                    ============

       Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio                                       to 1.00
                                                                    ============
       Minimum permitted                                            2.00 to 1.00
                                                                    ============
<PAGE>

Ms. Gina Peter and Mr. Scott Roeper
_______________ ___ 1992
Page 3


(E)    Total Liabilities Plus                  
       Contingent Liabilities to               
       Tangible Net Worth (Section 5(e))       



       Add:  Total Liabilities                 $
                                                -----------
           Contingent Liabilities:
              Notes                             -----------

           Contingent Liabilities:
              Leases                            -----------
                                                 

       Total Liabilities plus
          Contingent Liabilities                                    $
                                                                     ===========
       Ratio of sum of Total Liabilities          
       plus Contingent Liabilities to             
       Tangible Net Worth                                                to 1.00
                                                                    ============

       Maximum permitted                                            2.50 to 1.00
                                                                    ============

(F)    Restricted Payments                                           
       (Sections 5(f) and 9(n))                                      

       Earnings Available for Distribution                          $  4,263,000
                                                                    ============

       Net Earnings for cumulative period
       from December 29, 1991 through most
       recent fiscal quarter:                                       $
                                                                     -----------
                                                                                
       40% of Net Earnings                                          $           
                                                                     -----------
       100% of net cash proceeds received  
       from resales of Common Stock previously  
       acquired in transactions which constituted 
       the making of Restricted Payments                            $           
                                                                     -----------
                                                                    
                                                                    
       Unrestricted funds                                           $           
                                                                     -----------

       Less:  Restricted Payments made since                        
       December 29, 1991:                                           $           
                                                                     -----------
                                                                    
       Net Earnings Available for Restricted                        
       Payments                                                     $           
                                                                     ===========
<PAGE>
                                                                    

Ms. Gina Peter and Mr. Scott Roeper
_______________ ___ 1992
Page 4

       In accordance with Section 4(a) of the Loan Agreement,  I hereby certify,
to the best of my knowledge and belief, that there exists no condition, event or
act  which  would  constitute  an  Event  of  Default  (as  defined  in the Loan
Agreement),  and there exists no condition,  event or act which,  with notice or
lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

                                                Very truly yours,


                                                SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.



                                                 /s/ John Dahly  
                                                John H. Dahly
                                                Executive Vice President,
                                                Chief Financial Officer,
                                                Treasurer and Secretary

/ smb

Enclosure

<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE 1

                           Litigation and Proceedings

       1. On  November  21,  1991,  the  Company  announced  the  closing of its
unsuccessful one-year old Bartlett, Illinois corporate-owned Piggly Wiggly Store
and the recording of a reserve of approximately $2,100,000 for anticipated store
closure  costs.  The store was  covered by a twenty year  lease.  After  several
months of informal  negotiations  to arrive at a mutual  settlement to terminate
the lease,  the landlord,  Bartlett  Commons  Partnership,  an Illinois  general
partnership,  initiated  a  complaint  on April 28,  1992 in the  United  States
District  Court,  Northern  District of  Illinois,  Eastern  Division,  alleging
damages in excess of $5,000,000, plus its attorneys' fees and costs.

       Document  requests  and notices for  depositions  have been served in the
case and depositions are now being held.

       The  Company  believes  it  has  liability  which  could  exceed  present
reserves.   The  Company  is  presently   engaged  in  out-of-court   settlement
discussions,  which if satisfactorily  concluded,  would result in an additional
charge to earnings.

       If  settlement  discussions  are  unsuccessful,  the  Company  intends to
vigorously  defend itself,  but is unable to completely  and  accurately  assess
final liability.

       2. The  Company is the sole  defendant  in a breach of  contract  lawsuit
pending in the United States  District Court for the Western  District of Texas,
Economic Dutch  Consultants  USA, Inc. v. Schultz Sav-O Stores,  Inc.,  Case No.
92-CA-240.

       The case arises from  equipment  leases for video tapes and video players
entered into in 1988 between the Company and Comprehensive  Leasing Corporation.
The  monthly  rental  amount for all of the  leases  combined  is  approximately
$30,000. The plaintiff claims to be the assignee of Comprehensives' rights under
the leases and sues for $30,000 per month since about  August of 1991,  when the
initial  three-year  term of the leases  expired and the Company  ceased  making
payments.  Thus,  the  present  amount of  plaintiff's  claim is in the range of
$450,000 to $500,000.

       The Company disputes that the plaintiff is the assignee of the leases and
has  asserted a variety of  defenses to the claim for  payment.  The Company has
also  asserted  a  counterclaim  seeking  damages  in the range of  $800,000  to
$1,500,000.  Plaintiff has challenged the counterclaim.  The Company has pending
motions to dismiss the case for lack of  jurisdiction  and  improper  venue.  If
these  motions are granted,  the  plaintiff  could elect to pursue its claims in
Wisconsin, but is unlikely to do so.

       In light of the Company's  substantial  defenses,  both procedural and on
the merits,  the Company does not presently believe that it has any liability to
the plaintiff.
<PAGE>

       3. The  City of  Mequon,  Wisconsin  is  considering  the  adoption  of a
completely  new zoning  code which may cause an adverse  change in the zoning of
certain  commercial real estate owned by the Company at the southeast  corner of
Mequon and  Wauwatosa  Roads.  This real  estate was  acquired by the Company in
settlement  of a claim  against an  individual,  and not with the  intention  of
making it the site of a new store  location.  The  affected  parcel  has a value
estimated  by the  Company to be  approximately  $500,000.  The change in zoning
could  have an  adverse  impact  on the  value  of this  property.  The  Company
considers it to be a remote  possibility  that this proceeding could result in a
material adverse effect on the value of such property.




                                       2

<PAGE>


                       SCHEDULE 2 - ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS



       The Company has leased a retail store  facility as part of a strip center
in downtown  Belvidere,  Illinois since 1984. While the retail operation is very
successful,  the facility and the equipment are in need of major  renovation and
the  Company  desires to expand the store size by  approximately  10,000 SF to a
total of 37,000 SF.

       In connection  with a developer's  assessment of the land and facilities,
certain  contaminants  were  found  during  Phase One and Phase Two  environment
tests.  Extensive  research  indicates that the Company and its retail operation
were not a contributing factor to the contamination.

       The Company  believes it is not  responsible for the  contamination,  and
further  improvement of the site and continuation of retail  operations will not
increase the  contamination or residual risk the Company already has by its mere
presence  as a lessee  operating  a retail  grocery  store  during the past nine
years.




<PAGE>



                           Schedule 3 - Existing Liens

1.       Leases of video rental packages at various store  locations,  including
         videocassette tapes, display cabinets, storage fixtures, video players,
         televisions, and signage.

2.       Sale-leaseback transactions covering all equipment and fixtures located
         at stores in  Oshkosh  (Aviation  Plaza - 2155 South  Koeller)  and Oak
         Creek (2201 East Rawson), Wisconsin.






<PAGE>


                        FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT


       THIS  FIRST  AMENDMENT  TO LOAN  AGREEMENT,  made as of this  23rd day of
September,  1994,  by and among SCHULTZ SAV-O  STORES,  INC.  ("Borrower"),  M&I
MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK, a Wisconsin  banking  corporation  ("M&I"),  and FIRSTAR
BANK MILWAUKEE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association ("Firstar")
(together with M&I, the "Banks"). Unless otherwise indicated,  capitalized terms
used herein and not defined shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Loan
Agreement described below.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

       WHEREAS,  Borrower,  M&I and  Firstar are  parties to that  certain  Loan
Agreement dated as of December 3, 1992 (the "Loan Agreement"); and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower has  available a $9,000,000  revolving  line of credit
facility  with M&I and a  $7,000,000  revolving  line of  credit  facility  with
Firstar (collectively, the "Lines of Credit"); and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower  and the Banks  desire to amend the Loan  Agreement to
extend  the  Maturity  Date of the Lines of  Credit,  to  increase  the  minimum
Tangible  Net Worth  required to be  maintained  by the  Borrower,  to amend the
covenants  relating to Liens and Funded Debt and to amend the  definition of Net
Earnings Available for Restricted Payments.

       NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual  agreements
contained  herein and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
sufficiency  of  which is  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto  agree as
follows:

       1. Amendment to Section 1(b) (Master  Notes).  The definition of Maturity
Date in Section 1(b) is amended by deleting  "April 30,  1995" and  inserting in
lieu thereof "April 30, 1997."

       2.  Amendment to Section 5(b)  (Tangible Net Worth).  Section 5(b) of the
Loan  Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in lieu
thereof:

       "Permit Tangible Net Worth at any time to be less than $36,000,000."

       3. Amendment to Section 5(g) (Liens). Section 5(g) is amended by deleting
the word "and" at the end of Subsection 5(g)(viii),  by substituting ";" for the
period at the end of Subsection 5(g)(ix) and by adding the following clauses:
<PAGE>

              "(x) the lien in favor of The Penn Mutual Life  Insurance  Company
       in the form of a Mortgage securing an obligation not to exceed $3,500,000
       on certain real property  owned by the Borrower and located at 5328 Grand
       Avenue, Gurnee, Illinois (the "Gurnee Mortgage Debt"); and

              (xi) the Lien in favor of James M. and  Beverly  A.  Lehrer in the
       form of a Land Contract  securing an obligation not to exceed $300,000 on
       certain real property owned by the Borrower and located at Highway 55 and
       County  Trunk  Highway  CE,  Kaukauna,   Wisconsin  (the  "Kaukauna  Land
       Contract") ."

       4. Amendment to Section 5(h) (Debt).  Section 5(h) is amended by deleting
the word "and" at the end of Subsection  5(h)(iv),  by substituting  ";" for the
period at the end of Subsection 5(h)(v) and by adding the following clauses:

              "(vi)  Funded Debt of the  Borrower  not  exceeding  an  aggregate
       principal amount of $3,500,000 due on the Gurnee Mortgage Debt; and (vii)
       Funded Debt of the Borrower not exceeding an aggregate  principal  amount
       of $300,000 due on the Kaukauna Land Contract."

       5.  Amendment  to Section 9(1) (Net  Earnings  Available  For  Restricted
Payments).  The definition of Net Earnings Available For Restricted  Payments is
amended by deleting the phrase ". . . (A) $4,263,000,  (B) 40% (or minus 100% in
the case of a deficit). . ." and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase ". . . (A)
$7,263,000, (B) 50% (or minus 100% in the case of a deficit). . ."

       6. Effective Date. This Amendment is effective as of the date hereof upon
the execution and delivery by the Borrower to the Banks of the following:

              (a) This Amendment duly executed by the President and Secretary of
       the Borrower; and

              (b) A copy of the resolution or resolutions,  in form satisfactory
       to the  Banks and  their  legal  counsel,  duly  adopted  by the Board of
       Directors of the Borrower approving this Amendment,  certified to be true
       and correct by the President and Secretary of the Borrower.

       7. Miscellaneous.

              (a) Continuance of Loan Documents.  Except as specifically amended
       by  this  Amendment,  the  Loan  Agreement  and  all  other  instruments,
       documents and  agreements  executed and delivered in connection  with the
       Loan Agreement (collectively,  the "Loan Documents") remain in full force
       and effect.

              (b)  Representations  and Warranties.  The Borrower represents and
       warrants that the execution,  delivery and  performance of this Amendment
       are  within  the  corporate  powers  of  the  Borrower,  have  been  duly
       authorized by all necessary

                                       2
<PAGE>

       corporate  action  and do not and will not (a)  require  any  consent  or
       approval of the  shareholders of the Borrower;  (b) violate any provision
       of the  Articles of  Incorporation  or By-laws of the  Borrower or of any
       law,  rule,  regulation,  order,  writ,  judgment,   injunction,  decree,
       determination  or award presently in effect having  applicability  to the
       Borrower;   (c)  require  the  consent  or  approval   of,  or  filing  a
       registration  with,  any  government  body,  agency or authority;  or (d)
       result in any breach of or constitute a default  under,  or result in the
       imposition of any lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any property of the
       Borrower pursuant to any indenture or other agreement or instrument under
       which the  Borrower  is a party or by which it or its  properties  may be
       bound or affected. The Borrower further represents and warrants that this
       Amendment  constitutes  the legal,  valid and binding  obligation  of the
       Borrower  enforceable  in  accordance  with  its  terms,  except  as such
       enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or similar laws affecting the
       enforceability of creditors' rights generally.  In addition,  each of the
       representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Agreement
       are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment.

              (c) References. When any Loan Document is referred to in any other
       Loan  Document or any of the other  documents,  instruments  or materials
       executed  and  delivered  heretofore  or  hereafter  pursuant to the Loan
       Agreement,  it shall be deemed to refer to such Loan  Document as amended
       by this Amendment.

              (d) Expenses and Attorneys'  Fees. The Borrower shall pay all fees
       and expenses  incurred by the Banks,  including  the  reasonable  fees of
       counsel,  in  connection  with the  preparation  of this  Amendment,  the
       consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this Amendment and the
       protection  or  enforcement  of the  rights of the  Banks  under the Loan
       Agreement.

              (e) Survival. All agreements,  representations and warranties made
       in  this  Amendment  or in  any  documents  delivered  pursuant  to  this
       Amendment survive the execution of this Amendment and the delivery of any
       such document.

              (f) Governing Law. This Amendment and the other  documents  issued
       pursuant  to this  Amendment  are  governed  by the laws of the  State of
       Wisconsin  without  reference to the conflict of law  principles  of such
       State.

              (g)  Counterparts;  Headings.  This  Amendment  may be executed in
       several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such
       counterparts  shall  together  constitute  one  and the  same  agreement.
       Article  and  Section   headings  in  this  Amendment  are  inserted  for
       convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

              (h)  Severability.   Any  provision  of  this  Amendment  that  is
       prohibited  or  unenforceable  in  any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to  such
       jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or
       unenforceability  without  invalidating the remaining  provisions of this
       Amendment or affecting the validity or  enforceability  of such provision
       in any other jurisdiction.

                                       3
<PAGE>


              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this First
       Amendment  to  Loan  Agreement  as of  the  day,  month  and  year  first
       above-written.


                               SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.


                               By: /s/ James H. Dickelman                     
                                   James H. Dickelman, Chairman,
                                   President and Chief Executive Officer


                               Attest:

                                      /s/ John Dahly                          
                               John H. Dahly, Executive Vice President,
                                  Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and
                                  Secretary


                               M&I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK


                               By:  /s/ Gina A. Peter                         
                                   Gina A. Peter, Vice President

                               Attest:

                                     /s/ Jeffrey Ticknor                      
                               Jeffrey T. Ticknor, Vice President


                               FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                               By: /s/ Scott Roeper                           
                                   Scott D. Roeper, Vice President

                               Attest:

                                     /s/ Caroline Krider                      
                               Caroline Krider, Assistant Vice President

                                       4


<PAGE>



                       SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT


       THIS  SECOND  AMENDMENT  TO LOAN  AGREEMENT,  made as of this 17th day of
December,  1996,  by and among  SCHULTZ SAV-O  STORES,  INC.  ("Borrower"),  M&I
MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK, a Wisconsin  banking  corporation  ("M&I"),  and FIRSTAR
BANK MILWAUKEE,  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association ("Firstar"
and, together with M&I, the "Banks").  Unless otherwise  indicated,  capitalized
terms used herein and not defined  shall have the meanings  assigned  thereto in
the Loan Agreement described below.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

       WHEREAS,  Borrower,  M&I and  Firstar are  parties to that  certain  Loan
Agreement  dated as of  December  3,  1992,  as amended  by that  certain  First
Amendment to Loan Agreement dated  September 23, 1994 (as so amended,  the "Loan
Agreement"); and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower has  available a $9,000,000  revolving  line of credit
facility  with M&I and a  $7,000,000  revolving  line of  credit  facility  with
Firstar (collectively, the "Lines of Credit"); and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower  and the Banks  desire to amend the Loan  Agreement to
extend the Maturity Date of the Lines of Credit.

       NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual  agreements
contained  herein and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
sufficiency  of which are  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto  agree as
follows:

       1. Amendment to Section 1(b) (Master  Notes).  The definition of Maturity
Date in Section 1(b) is amended by deleting  "April 30,  1997" and  inserting in
lieu thereof "April 30, 1998."

       2. Effective  Date.  This Amendment shall be effective upon the execution
and delivery by Borrower to the Banks of the following:

              a) This  Amendment duly executed by the President and Secretary of
       Borrower; and

              b) A copy of the resolution or resolutions,  in form  satisfactory
       to the  Banks and  their  legal  counsel,  duly  adopted  by the Board of
       Directors of Borrower approving this Amendment,  certified to be true and
       correct by the President and Secretary of Borrower.

<PAGE>

       3. Miscellaneous.

              a) Continuance of Loan Documents.  Except as specifically  amended
       by  this  Amendment,  the  Loan  Agreement  and  all  other  instruments,
       documents and  agreements  executed and delivered in connection  with the
       Loan Agreement (collectively,  the "Loan Documents") remain in full force
       and effect. This Amendment is an amendment and not a novation.

              b)  Representations   and  Warranties.   Borrower  represents  and
       warrants that the execution,  delivery and  performance of this Amendment
       are within the corporate powers of Borrower, have been duly authorized by
       all  necessary  corporate  action and do not and will not (a) require any
       consent or  approval of the  shareholders  of  Borrower;  (b) violate any
       provision of the Articles of  Incorporation  or By-laws of Borrower or of
       any law, rule,  regulation,  order, writ, judgment,  injunction,  decree,
       determination  or award  presently  in  effect  having  applicability  to
       Borrower;  (c)  require  the  consent  or  approval  of,  or  filing of a
       registration  with,  any  government  body,  agency or authority;  or (d)
       result in any breach of or constitute a default  under,  or result in the
       imposition  of any  lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any  property  of
       Borrower pursuant to any indenture or other agreement or instrument under
       which  Borrower is a party or by which it or its  properties may be bound
       or affected. Borrower further represents and warrants that this Amendment
       constitutes  the  legal.   valid  and  binding   obligation  of  Borrower
       enforceable in accordance with its terms,  except as such  enforceability
       may be limited by bankruptcy or similar laws affecting the enforceability
       of creditors' rights generally.  In addition, each of the representations
       and  warranties  made by  Borrower  in the  Loan  Agreement  are true and
       correct as of the date of this Amendment.

              c) References.  When any Loan Document is referred to in any other
       Loan  Document or any of the other  documents,  instruments  or materials
       executed  and  delivered  heretofore  or  hereafter  pursuant to the Loan
       Agreement,  it shall be deemed to refer to such Loan  Document as amended
       by this Amendment.

              d) Expenses and Attorneys'  Fees. In accordance with Section 10(f)
       of the Loan Agreement,  Borrower shall pay all fees and expenses incurred
       by the Banks,  including the  reasonable  fees of counsel,  in connection
       with  the  preparation  of  this  Amendment,   the  consummation  of  the
       transactions  contemplated  by  this  Amendment  and  the  protection  or
       enforcement of the rights of the Banks under the Loan Agreement.

              e) Survival.  All agreements,  representations and warranties made
       in  this  Amendment  or in  any  documents  delivered  pursuant  to  this
       Amendment  shall survive the execution of this Amendment and the delivery
       of any such document.

              f) Government Law. This Amendment and the other  documents  issued
       pursuant  to this  Amendment  are  governed  by the laws of the  State of
       Wisconsin  without  reference to the conflict of law  principles  of such
       state.

                                       2
<PAGE>


              g)  Counterparts;  Headings.  This  Amendment  may be  executed in
       several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such
       counterparts  shall  together  constitute  one  and the  same  agreement.
       Article  and  Section   headings  in  this  Amendment  are  inserted  for
       convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

              h)   Severability.   Any  provision  of  this  Amendment  that  is
       prohibited  or  unenforceable  in  any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to  such
       jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or
       unenforceability  without  invalidating the remaining  provisions of this
       Amendment or affecting the validity or  enforceability  of such provision
       in any other jurisdiction.

       IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  executed  this  Second
Amendment to Loan Agreement as of the day, month and year first above-written.

                                SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.


                                By: /s/ James H. Dickelman                      
                                    James H. Dickelman, Chairman,
                                    President and Chief Executive Officer


                                Attest:

                                       /s/ John Dahly                           
                                John H. Dahly, Executive Vice President,
                                   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and
                                   Secretary


                                M&I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK


                                By:  /s/ Gina A. Peter                          
                                    Gina A. Peter, Senior Vice President

                                Attest:

                                      /s/ Jeffrey Ticknor                       
                                Jeffrey T. Ticknor, Vice President




                                       3

<PAGE>


                                FIRSTAR  cBANK MILWAUKEE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION  
                                                                                
                                By: /s/ Scott Roeper                            
                                    Scott D. Roeper, First Vice President       
                                                                                
                                Attest:                                         
                                                                                
                                      /s/ Caroline Krider                       
                                Caroline Krider, Vice President                 



                                       4
<PAGE>


                        THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT


       THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT,  made as of this 14th day of May,
1997,  by and among  SCHULTZ SAV-O  STORES,  INC.  ("Borrower"),  M&I MARSHALL &
ILSLEY  BANK,  a  Wisconsin  banking  corporation   ("M&I"),  and  FIRSTAR  BANK
MILWAUKEE,  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association ("Firstar" and,
together with M&I, the "Banks").  Unless otherwise indicated,  capitalized terms
used herein and not defined shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Loan
Agreement described below.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

       WHEREAS,  Borrower,  M&I and  Firstar are  parties to that  certain  Loan
Agreement  dated as of  December  3,  1992,  as amended  by that  certain  First
Amendment to Loan Agreement dated September 23, 1994 (the "First Amendment") and
that certain  Second  Amendment to Loan  Agreement  dated December 17, 1996 (the
"Second Amendment") (as so amended, the "Loan Agreement"); and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower has  available a $9,000,000  revolving  line of credit
facility  with M&I and a  $7,000,000  revolving  line of  credit  facility  with
Firstar  (collectively,  the "Lines of Credit")  pursuant to the Loan Agreement;
and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower  and the Banks  desire to amend the Loan  Agreement to
amend the definitions of Maturity Date and Net Earnings Available For Restricted
Payments.

       NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual  agreements
contained  herein and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
sufficiency  of which are  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto  agree as
follows:

       1. Amendment to Section 1(b) (Master  Notes).  The definition of Maturity
Date is amended by  deleting  "April 30,  1998" and  inserting  in lieu  thereof
"April 30, 1999."

       2.  Amendment  to Section 9(1) (Net  Earnings  Available  For  Restricted
Payments).  The definition of Net Earnings Available For Restricted  Payments is
amended by restating the definition in its entirety as follows:

              (1) "Net Earnings Available For Restricted Payments" shall mean an
       amount equal to (i) the sum of (A) $12,263,000, (B) 50% (or minus 100% in
       the case of a  deficit)  of Net  Earnings  for the  period  (taken as one
       accounting period)  commencing  December 29, 1991, and terminating at the
       end of the  last  fiscal  quarter  preceding  the  date  of any  proposed
       Restricted Payment,  (C) 100% of the tax benefit realized by the Borrower
       as a result of the exercise by employees of stock options of the Borrower
       (reflected  in the  Borrower's  Consolidated  Statement of  Shareholders'
       Investment as "Exercise of Stock Options"  under the heading  "Additional
       Paid-in Capital"),  and (D) 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the
       Company from the issuance or sale
<PAGE>

       of authorized  but unissued  shares of its Common Stock,  but only to the
       extent of the number of such shares  previously  acquired in transactions
       which constituted the making of Restricted Payments, less (ii) the sum of
       all Restricted Payments made on or after December 29, 1991.

       3. Effective  Date.  This Amendment shall be effective upon the execution
and delivery by Borrower to the Banks of the following:

              a) This  Amendment duly executed by the President and Secretary of
       Borrower; and

              b) A copy of the resolution or resolutions,  in form  satisfactory
       to the  Banks and  their  legal  counsel,  duly  adopted  by the Board of
       Directors of Borrower approving this Amendment,  certified to be true and
       correct by the Secretary of Borrower.

       4. Miscellaneous.

              a) Continuance of Loan Documents.  Except as specifically  amended
       by  this  Amendment,  the  Loan  Agreement  and  all  other  instruments,
       documents and  agreements  executed and delivered in connection  with the
       Loan Agreement (collectively,  the "Loan Documents") remain in full force
       and effect. This Amendment is an amendment and not a novation.

              b)  Representations   and  Warranties.   Borrower  represents  and
       warrants that the execution,  delivery and  performance of this Amendment
       are within the corporate powers of Borrower, have been duly authorized by
       all  necessary  corporate  action and do not and will not (a) require any
       consent or  approval of the  shareholders  of  Borrower;  (b) violate any
       provision of the Articles of  Incorporation  or By-laws of Borrower or of
       any law, rule,  regulation,  order, writ, judgment,  injunction,  decree,
       determination  or award  presently  in  effect  having  applicability  to
       Borrower;  (c)  require  the  consent  or  approval  of,  or  filing of a
       registration  with,  any  government  body,  agency or authority;  or (d)
       result in any breach of or constitute a default  under,  or result in the
       imposition  of any  lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any  property  of
       Borrower pursuant to any indenture or other agreement or instrument under
       which  Borrower is a party or by which it or its  properties may be bound
       or affected. Borrower further represents and warrants that this Amendment
       constitutes  the  legal,   valid  and  binding   obligation  of  Borrower
       enforceable in accordance with its terms,  except as such  enforceability
       may be limited by bankruptcy or similar laws affecting the enforceability
       of creditors' rights generally.  In addition, each of the representations
       and  warranties  made by  Borrower  in the  Loan  Agreement  are true and
       correct as of the date of this Amendment except for matters  permitted or
       contemplated by the Loan Agreement.

              c) References.  When any Loan Document is referred to in any other
       Loan  Document or any of the other  documents,  instruments  or materials
       executed  and 

                                       2
<PAGE>

       delivered  heretofore  or hereafter  pursuant to the Loan  Agreement,  it
       shall be  deemed  to refer  to such  Loan  Document  as  amended  by this
       Amendment.

              d) Expenses and Attorneys'  Fees. In accordance with Section 10(f)
       of the Loan Agreement,  Borrower shall pay all fees and expenses incurred
       by the Banks,  including the  reasonable  fees of counsel,  in connection
       with  the  preparation  of  this  Amendment,   the  consummation  of  the
       transactions  contemplated  by  this  Amendment  and  the  protection  or
       enforcement of the rights of the Banks under the Loan Agreement.

              e) Survival.  All agreements,  representations and warranties made
       in  this  Amendment  or in  any  documents  delivered  pursuant  to  this
       Amendment  shall survive the execution of this Amendment and the delivery
       of any such document.

              f) Government Law. This Amendment and the other  documents  issued
       pursuant  to this  Amendment  are  governed  by the laws of the  State of
       Wisconsin  without  reference to the conflict of law  principles  of such
       state.

              g)  Counterparts;  Headings.  This  Amendment  may be  executed in
       several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such
       counterparts  shall  together  constitute  one  and the  same  agreement.
       Article  and  Section   headings  in  this  Amendment  are  inserted  for
       convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

              h)   Severability.   Any  provision  of  this  Amendment  that  is
       prohibited  or  unenforceable  in  any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to  such
       jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or
       unenforceability  without  invalidating the remaining  provisions of this
       Amendment or affecting the validity or  enforceability  of such provision
       in any other jurisdiction.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amendment
to Loan Agreement as of the day, month and year first above-written.

                               SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.


                               By: /s/ James H. Dickelman
                                   James H. Dickelman, Chairman, President 
                                   and Chief Executive Officer


                               Attest:

                                   /s/ John Dahly  
                               John H. Dahly, Executive Vice President,
                                Chief FinancialOfficer, Treasurer and Secretary

                                       3
<PAGE>


                               M&I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK


                               By:  /s/ Gina A. Peter                         
                                   Gina A. Peter, Senior Vice President

                               Attest:

                                     /s/ Jeffrey Ticknor                      
                               Jeffrey T. Ticknor, Vice President


                               FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                               By: /s/ Scott Roeper                           
                                   Scott D. Roeper, First Vice President

                               Attest:

                                     /s/ Caroline Krider                      
                               Caroline Krider, Vice President



                                       4

<PAGE>


                       FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT


       THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT, effective as of this 31st day of
December,  1998,  by and among  SCHULTZ SAV-O  STORES,  INC.  ("Borrower"),  M&I
MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK, a Wisconsin  banking  corporation  ("M&I"),  and FIRSTAR
BANK MILWAUKEE,  N.A., a national banking  association  ("Firstar" and, together
with M&I, the  "Banks").  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  capitalized  terms used
herein and not  defined  shall have the  meanings  assigned  thereto in the Loan
Agreement described below.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

       WHEREAS,  Borrower,  M&I and  Firstar are  parties to that  certain  Loan
Agreement  dated as of  December  3,  1992,  as amended  by that  certain  First
Amendment  to Loan  Agreement  dated  September  23, 1994,  that certain  Second
Amendment to Loan  Agreement  dated  December 17, 1996,  and that certain  Third
Amendment  to Loan  Agreement  dated  May 14,  1997 (as so  amended,  the  "Loan
Agreement"); and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower has  available a $9,000,000  revolving  line of credit
facility  with M&I and a  $7,000,000  revolving  line of  credit  facility  with
Firstar  (collectively,  the "Lines of Credit")  pursuant to the Loan Agreement;
and

       WHEREAS,  Borrower  and the Banks  desire to amend the Loan  Agreement to
amend the definitions of Maturity Date and Net Earnings Available For Restricted
Payments and to add a representation and warranty regarding the Year 2000 issue.

       NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual  agreements
contained  herein and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
sufficiency  of which are  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto  agree as
follows:

       1. Amendment to Section 1(b) (Master  Notes).  The definition of Maturity
Date is amended by  deleting  "April 30,  1999" and  inserting  in lieu  thereof
"April 30, 2001."

       2.  Amendment  to Section 9(1) (Net  Earnings  Available  For  Restricted
Payments).  The definition of Net Earnings Available For Restricted  Payments is
amended by restating the definition in its entirety as follows:

              (1) "Net Earnings Available For Restricted Payments" shall mean an
       amount equal to (i) the sum of (A) $17,263,000, (B) 50% (or minus 100% in
       the case of a  deficit)  of Net  Earnings  for the  period  (taken as one
       accounting period)  commencing  December 29, 1991, and terminating at the
       end of the  last  fiscal  quarter  preceding  the  date  of any  proposed
       Restricted Payment,  (C) 100% of the tax benefit realized by the Borrower
       as a result of the exercise by employees of stock options of the Borrower
       (reflected  in the  Borrower's  Consolidated  Statement of  Shareholders'
       Investment as "Exercise of Stock Options"  under the heading  "Additional
       Paid-in Capital"),  and 
<PAGE>

       (D)  100% of the net  cash  proceeds  received  by the  Company  from the
       issuance or sale of authorized  but unissued  shares of its Common Stock,
       but only to the extent of the number of such shares  previously  acquired
       in transactions which constituted the making of Restricted Payments, less
       (ii) the sum of all  Restricted  Payments  made on or after  December 29,
       1991.

       3. Addition of Subsection  3(j). A new subsection 3(j) is hereby added to
the Loan Agreement to read as follows:

              (j) Year 2000.  The  Borrower  has  reviewed  the areas within its
       business and  operations  which could be  adversely  affected by, and has
       developed or is  developing a program to address on a timely  basis,  the
       "Year 2000 Issue" (that is, the risk that computer  applications  used by
       the   Borrower  may  be  unable  to   recognize   and  perform   properly
       date-sensitive functions involving certain dates prior to and any date on
       or after December 31, 1999), and has made related  appropriate inquiry of
       material  suppliers  and vendors.  Based on such review and program,  the
       Borrower  believes  that the "Year 2000  Issue"  will not have a material
       adverse effect on the business,  operations, assets, condition (financial
       or other) or results of operations of the Borrower. From time to time, at
       the request of the Banks,  the Borrower  shall  provide to the Banks such
       updated information or documentation as is requested regarding the status
       of its efforts to address the Year 2000 Issue.

       4. Effective  Date.  This Amendment shall be effective upon the execution
and delivery by Borrower to the Banks of the following:

              a) This  Amendment duly executed by the President and Secretary of
       Borrower; and

              b) A copy of the resolution or resolutions,  in form  satisfactory
       to the  Banks and  their  legal  counsel,  duly  adopted  by the Board of
       Directors of Borrower approving this Amendment,  certified to be true and
       correct by the Secretary of Borrower.

       5. Miscellaneous.

              a) Continuance of Loan Documents.  Except as specifically  amended
       by  this  Amendment,  the  Loan  Agreement  and  all  other  instruments,
       documents and  agreements  executed and delivered in connection  with the
       Loan Agreement (collectively,  the "Loan Documents") remain in full force
       and effect. This Amendment is an amendment and not a novation.

              b)  Representations   and  Warranties.   Customer  represents  and
       warrants that the execution,  delivery and  performance of this Amendment
       are within the corporate powers of Borrower, have been duly authorized by
       all  necessary  corporate  action and do not and will not (a) require any
       consent or  approval of the  shareholders  of  Borrower;  (b) violate any
       provision of the Articles of  Incorporation  or By-laws of Borrower or of
       any law, rule,  regulation,  order, writ, judgment,  injunction,  decree,

                                       2
<PAGE>

       determination  or award  presently  in  effect  having  applicability  to
       Borrower;  (c)  require  the  consent  or  approval  of,  or  filing of a
       registration  with,  any  government  body,  agency or authority;  or (d)
       result in any breach of or constitute a default  under,  or result in the
       imposition  of any  lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any  property  of
       Borrower pursuant to any indenture or other agreement or instrument under
       which  Borrower is a party or by which it or its  properties may be bound
       or affected. Borrower further represents and warrants that this Amendment
       constitutes  the  legal,   valid  and  binding   obligation  of  Borrower
       enforceable in accordance with its terms,  except as such  enforceability
       may be limited by bankruptcy or similar laws affecting the enforceability
       of creditors' rights generally.  In addition, each of the representations
       and  warranties  made by  Borrower  in the  Loan  Agreement  are true and
       correct as of the date of this Amendment except for matters  permitted or
       contemplated by the Loan Agreement.

              c) References.  When any Loan Document is referred to in any other
       Loan  Document or any of the other  documents,  instruments  or materials
       executed  and  delivered  heretofore  or  hereafter  pursuant to the Loan
       Agreement,  it shall be deemed to refer to such Loan  Document as amended
       by this Amendment.

              d) Expenses and Attorneys'  Fees. In accordance with Section 10(f)
       of the Loan Agreement,  Borrower shall pay all fees and expenses incurred
       by the Banks,  including the  reasonable  fees of counsel,  in connection
       with  the  preparation  of  this  Amendment,   the  consummation  of  the
       transactions  contemplated  by  this  Amendment  and  the  protection  or
       enforcement of the rights of the Banks under the Loan Agreement.

              e) Survival.  All agreements,  representations and warranties made
       in  this  Amendment  or in  any  documents  delivered  pursuant  to  this
       Amendment  shall survive the execution of this Amendment and the delivery
       of any such document.

              f) Governing  Law. This Amendment and the other  documents  issued
       pursuant  to this  Amendment  are  governed  by the laws of the  State of
       Wisconsin  without  reference to the conflict of law  principles  of such
       state.

              g)  Counterparts;  Headings.  This  Amendment  may be  executed in
       several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such
       counterparts  shall  together  constitute  one  and the  same  agreement.
       Article  and  Section   headings  in  this  Amendment  are  inserted  for
       convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

              h)   Severability.   Any  provision  of  this  Amendment  that  is
       prohibited  or  unenforceable  in  any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to  such
       jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or
       unenforceability  without  invalidating the remaining  provisions of this
       Amendment or affecting the validity or  enforceability  of such provision
       in any other jurisdiction.

                                       3
<PAGE>

              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF.  the parties  hereto have executed this Third
       Amendment  to  Loan  Agreement  as of  the  day,  month  and  year  first
       above-written.

                                 SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES, INC.


                                 By: /s/ James H. Dickelman  
                                     James H. Dickelman, Chairman, President 
                                     and Chief Executive Officer


                                 Attest:

                                     /s/ Armond Go  
                                     Armand C. Go, Treasurer and Chief
                                     Accounting Officer


                                 M&I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK


                                 /s/ Jeffrey Ticknor      
                                 Jeffrey T. Ticknor, Vice President


                                 FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.

                                 By: /s/ Caroline V. Krider 
                                     Caroline V. Krider, Vice President


                                       4


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Five-Year Financial Highlights

================================================== ============================================================================
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)                                  Fiscal Year (a) (b)
- - -------------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
                                                        1998           1997           1996            1995           1994
- - -------------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
Consolidated statements of earnings data:
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>      
  Net sales                                         $  484,885      $  473,006     $  453,921      $ 439,646       $ 446,362
  Gross profit                                          78,070          73,907         72,429         70,516          73,495
  Earnings before income taxes                          13,916          12,418         10,512          9,500           8,653
  Provision for income taxes                             5,398           4,781          4,047          3,660           3,252
  Net earnings                                           8,518           7,637          6,465          5,840           5,401
  Earnings per share - basic                              1.26            1.11           0.93           0.82            0.70
  Earnings per share - diluted                            1.23            1.06           0.90           0.79            0.68
  Cash dividends per share                                0.30            0.27           0.24           0.15            0.07
  Weighted average shares and equivalents
    outstanding (c)                                      6,923           7,148          7,187          7,402           7,886
  Net earnings-to-sales ratio                             1.76%           1.61%          1.42%          1.33%           1.21%
Consolidated balance sheet data (at fiscal 
 year-end):
  Working capital                                   $   32,884      $   29,217     $   28,579      $  24,855       $  21,197
  Total assets                                         105,096          98,866         98,204         94,435          94,624
  Current obligations under capital leases and
    current maturities of long-term debt                   792             866          1,047          1,114           1,037
  Long-term debt                                         3,021           3,165          3,375          3,719           4,056
  Long-term obligations under capital leases             9,764          11,177         12,368         13,268          14,046
  Total shareholders' investment                        53,085          50,384         47,035         43,288          41,457
Other data:
  Capital additions                                 $    3,847      $    4,868     $    3,420      $   3,545       $   3,640
  Depreciation and amortization                          5,075           4,517          4,451          4,467           4,654

NOTES: (a)    The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to December
              31. The 1997 fiscal year was a 53-week  period.  All other  fiscal
              years presented were 52-week periods.

       (b)    All data should be read in conjunction with the Company's  audited
              consolidated financial statements and "Management's discussion and
              analysis of financial  condition and results of operations" as set
              forth in this Annual Report.

       (c)    The weighted  average shares and equivalents  outstanding for 1997
              and prior  years have been  retroactively  restated to account for
              the three-for-two  stock split on September 5, 1997 and/or for the
              two-for-one stock split on September 15, 1995.

</TABLE>


<PAGE>



MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Schultz Sav-O Stores, Inc. is responsible for the preparation,
objectivity  and integrity of the Company's  consolidated  financial  statements
contained in the Company's 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders.  The consolidated
financial  statements have been prepared in accordance  with generally  accepted
accounting  principles and include amounts that are based on  management's  best
estimates and informed judgments.

To  help  assure  that   financial   information  is  reliable  and  assets  are
safeguarded,  management  maintains a system of internal controls and procedures
which it believes is effective in accomplishing these objectives. These controls
and  procedures  are designed to provide  reasonable  assurance,  at appropriate
costs,   that   transactions  are  executed  and  recorded  in  accordance  with
management's authorization.

The  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  audited  by its
independent public  accountants,  Arthur Andersen LLP, whose report was based on
audits conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and is
presented  below.  As part of its audit,  it performs a review of the  Company's
system of  internal  controls  for the  purpose  of  determining  the  amount of
reliance to place on those controls relative to the audit tests it performs.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed of directors who are not
officers or employees of the Company,  meets  periodically  with Arthur Andersen
LLP and  management  to satisfy  itself  that each is properly  discharging  its
responsibilities.  The independent  public accountants have direct access to the
Audit Committee.


James H. Dickelman            John H. Dahly                   Armand C. Go
Chairman, President and       Executive Vice President,       Treasurer and
Chief Executive Officer       Chief Financial Officer         Chief Accounting 
                              and Secretary                   Officer



<PAGE>



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Schultz Sav-O Stores, Inc.


We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Schultz Sav-O
Stores,  Inc. and its  subsidiary  as of January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998 and
the related  consolidated  statements of earnings,  cash flows and shareholders'
investment  for each of the three fiscal  years in the period  ended  January 2,
1999. These  consolidated  financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Schultz  Sav-O
Stores,  Inc. and its  subsidiary as of January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998, and
the  results  of their  operations  and their  cash  flows for each of the three
fiscal years in the period ended January 2, 1999, in conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.




Milwaukee, Wisconsin                                         Arthur Andersen LLP
February 5, 1999



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    As of January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998

- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
Assets                                                                                1998                  1997
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
Current assets:
<S>                                                                            <C>                   <C>             
    Cash and equivalents                                                       $     34,334,000      $     23,124,000
    Receivables                                                                       6,233,000             9,718,000
    Inventories                                                                      23,951,000            21,741,000
    Other current assets                                                              2,385,000             3,635,000
    Deferred income taxes                                                             4,376,000             4,131,000
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
    Total current assets                                                             71,279,000            62,349,000
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
Noncurrent receivable under capital subleases                                         6,107,000             7,270,000
Property under capital leases, net                                                    2,499,000             2,786,000
Other noncurrent assets                                                               3,524,000             3,782,000
Property and equipment, net                                                          21,687,000            22,679,000
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
Total assets                                                                   $    105,096,000      $     98,866,000
============================================================================= ===================== ====================

Liabilities and Shareholders' Investment
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
Current liabilities:
    Accounts payable                                                           $     24,798,000      $     21,305,000
    Accrued salaries and benefits                                                     5,040,000             4,395,000
    Accrued insurance                                                                 3,020,000             3,095,000
    Retail repositioning reserve                                                        685,000               610,000
    Other accrued liabilities                                                         4,060,000             2,861,000
    Current obligations under capital leases                                            656,000               665,000
    Current maturities of long-term debt                                                136,000               201,000
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
    Total current liabilities                                                        38,395,000            33,132,000
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------

Long-term obligations under capital leases                                            9,764,000            11,177,000
Long-term debt                                                                        3,021,000             3,165,000
Deferred income taxes                                                                   831,000             1,008,000
Shareholders' investment:                                                      
   Common stock, $0.05 par value, authorized 20,000,000 shares, issued
     8,750,342 in 1998 and 1997                                                         438,000               438,000
   Additional paid-in capital                                                        14,359,000            13,940,000
   Retained earnings                                                                 57,792,000            51,299,000
   Treasury stock at cost, 2,155,463 shares in 1998 and
     1,938,463 shares in 1997                                                       (19,504,000)          (15,293,000)
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
   Total shareholders' investment                                                    53,085,000            50,384,000
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- --------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' investment                                 $    105,096,000      $     98,866,000
============================================================================= ===================== ====================
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
                      For fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996

- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
                                                                   1998                1997                1996
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>                 <C>             
Net sales                                                     $   484,885,000     $   473,006,000     $   453,921,000 
Cost and expenses:
   Cost of products sold                                          406,815,000         399,099,000         381,492,000 
   Operating and administrative expenses                           64,580,000          61,799,000          61,892,000 
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Operating income                                                   13,490,000          12,108,000          10,537,000 
Interest income                                                     1,242,000           1,157,000             842,000 
Interest expense                                                     (816,000)           (847,000)           (867,000)
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Earnings before income taxes                                       13,916,000          12,418,000          10,512,000 
Provision for income taxes                                          5,398,000           4,781,000           4,047,000 
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Net earnings                                                  $     8,518,000     $     7,637,000     $     6,465,000 
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Earnings per share - basic                                              $1.26               $1.11               $0.93 
=========================================================== =================== =================== ====================
Earnings per share - diluted                                            $1.23               $1.06               $0.90 
=========================================================== =================== =================== ====================
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<CAPTION>

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                      For fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996

- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
                                                                   1998                1997                1996
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Cash flows from operating activities
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>                 <C>             
   Net earnings                                               $     8,518,000     $     7,637,000     $     6,465,000 
   Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                                    5,075,000           4,517,000           4,451,000 
   Deferred income taxes                                             (254,000)           (609,000)           (626,000)
   Changes in current assets and liabilities:
     Receivables                                                    3,485,000          (4,042,000)           (114,000)
     Inventories                                                   (2,210,000)          1,476,000          (1,858,000)
     Other current assets                                           1,419,000            (551,000)          2,335,000 
     Accounts payable                                               3,493,000             741,000             823,000 
     Accrued liabilities                                            2,096,000            (935,000)          1,386,000 
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Net cash flows from operating activities                           21,622,000           8,234,000          12,862,000 
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Cash flows from investing activities
   Capital additions                                               (3,847,000)         (4,868,000)         (3,420,000)
   Receipt of principal amounts under capital subleases               443,000             505,000             581,000 
   Proceeds from asset sales                                          103,000             144,000              88,000 
   Acquisition of retail stores                                             -          (2,701,000)                  - 
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Net cash flows from investing activities                           (3,301,000)         (6,920,000)         (2,751,000)
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Payment for acquisition of treasury stock                       (5,017,000)         (3,835,000)         (2,233,000)
   Payment of cash dividends                                       (2,025,000)         (1,879,000)         (1,666,000)
   Proceeds from exercise of stock options                            806,000             817,000             856,000 
   Principal payments on capital lease obligations                   (665,000)           (702,000)           (777,000)
   Principal payments on long-term debt                              (210,000)           (354,000)           (337,000)
   Repurchase of preferred stock                                            -                   -             (16,000)
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Net cash flows from financing activities                           (7,111,000)         (5,953,000)         (4,173,000)
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Cash and equivalents:
   Net change                                                      11,210,000          (4,639,000)          5,938,000 
   Balance, beginning of year                                      23,124,000          27,763,000          21,825,000)
- - ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Balance, end of year                                          $    34,334,000     $    23,124,000     $    27,763,000 
=========================================================== =================== =================== ====================
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
                      For fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996

- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1998                         1997                         1996
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Shares         Amount       Shares        Amount         Shares         Amount
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preferred Stock, $100 par
<S>                                      <C>         <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>         
  Beginning of year                              -   $          -             -    $          -          159     $    16,000 
  Repurchase of preferred stock                  -              -             -               -         (159)        (16,000)
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                                    -              -             -               -            -              - 
===============================================================================================================================
Common Stock, $0.05 par
  Beginning of year                      8,750,342        438,000     5,833,570         292,000    5,833,570         292,000 
  Three-for-two stock split effected
in the form of a 50% stock
dividend, net of fractional shares               -              -     2,916,772         146,000            -               - 
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                            8,750,342        438,000     8,750,342         438,000     5,833,570        292,000 
===============================================================================================================================
Additional Paid-in Capital
  Beginning of year                                    13,940,000                    13,331,000                   12,990,000 
  Exercise of stock options                               419,000                       609,000                      341,000 
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                                          14,359,000                    13,940,000                   13,331,000 
===============================================================================================================================
Retained Earnings
  Beginning of year                                    51,299,000                    45,654,000                   40,855,000 
  Net earnings                                          8,518,000                     7,637,000                    6,465,000 
  Cash dividends
    Common stock ($0.30 per share in
    1998, $0.27 per share in 1997 and
    $0.24 in 1996)                                     (2,025,000)                   (1,879,000)                  (1,666,000)
  Three-for-two stock split effected
in the form of a 50% stock
dividend, net of fractional shares                              -                      (113,000)                           - 
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                                          57,792,000                    51,299,000                   45,654,000 
===============================================================================================================================
Treasury Stock
  Beginning of year                     (1,938,463)   (15,293,000)   (1,214,472)    (12,242,000)  (1,179,972)    (10,865,000)
  Acquisition of treasury stock           (335,050)    (5,017,000)     (289,856)    (3,835,000)     (145,800)     (2,233,000)
  Exercise of stock options                118,050        806,000       173,100         817,000      111,300         856,000 
  Three-for-two stock split effected
in the form of a 50% stock
dividend, net of fractional shares               -              -      (607,235)        (33,000)           -               - 
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year                           (2,155,463)   (19,504,000)   (1,938,463)    (15,293,000)  (1,214,472)    (12,242,000 
===============================================================================================================================
Shareholders' investment, end of year                 $53,085,000                  $ 50,384,000                 $ 47,035,000 
===============================================================================================================================
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      For fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996

(1)    Description of Business
       The  Company  is  engaged  in  the  food  distribution  business  through
franchised and corporate  retail  supermarkets  and as a supplier to independent
food stores.  The franchised and corporate retail Piggly Wiggly(R)  supermarkets
and  independent  food  stores  supplied  by the  Company are located in eastern
Wisconsin  and  northeastern  Illinois.  In an  agreement  with the owner of the
Piggly Wiggly franchise in 1998, the Company  expanded its geographic  marketing
area to include  all of  Wisconsin,  Michigan's  Upper  Peninsula,  portions  of
Minnesota and Iowa, and additional counties in Illinois.

(2)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Fiscal year
       The  Company's  fiscal year ends on the Saturday  closest to December 31.
The 1998 and 1996 fiscal years were 52-week  periods  ended  January 2, 1999 and
December 28, 1996, respectively. The 1997 fiscal year was a 53-week period ended
January 3, 1998.

Principles of consolidation
       The  financial  statements  include the accounts of Schultz Sav-O Stores,
Inc.  and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  PW  Trucking,  Inc.  Any  intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and equivalents
       Cash and equivalents  consist of demand deposits at commercial  banks and
highly  liquid  investments  with a  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  when
purchased. Cash equivalents are stated at cost which approximate market value.

Receivables
       Receivables  are  shown  net  of  allowance  for  doubtful   accounts  of
$4,300,000 and $3,950,000 at January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998, respectively.

Inventories
       Inventories,  substantially  all of which consist of food,  groceries and
related  products for resale,  are stated at the lower of cost or market  value.
Cost is determined  primarily on the last-in,  first-out (LIFO) method. For meat
and produce,  cost is determined on the first-in,  first-out  (FIFO) method.  At
January  2,  1999  and  January  3,  1998,  78% and  81%,  respectively,  of all
inventories were accounted for under the LIFO method. The excess of current cost
over the stated LIFO cost of inventory was $10,032,000 and $9,609,000 at January
2, 1999 and January 3, 1998, respectively.

Other current assets
       Other current  assets at January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998 consisted of
the following:

- - -----------------------------------------  ----------------- ----------------
                                                  1998              1997
- - -----------------------------------------  ----------------- ----------------
Prepaid expenses                               $1,086,000        $1,209,000
Property held for resale                          578,000         1,663,000
Receivable under capital subleases                407,000           443,000
Retail systems and supplies for resale            314,000           320,000
- - -----------------------------------------  ----------------- ----------------
Other current assets                           $2,385,000        $3,635,000
=========================================  ================= ================
                                          
Property and equipment, net        
       Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is amortized on
the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of the  assets.
Equipment  generally  has a useful life of 4 to 7 years,  computer  hardware and
software  have a useful life of 3 to 5 years,  buildings  and land  improvements
have a useful life of 10 to 35 years, and leasehold improvements generally has a
useful life of 10 to 20 years.  Facility  remodeling and upgrade costs on leased
stores are  capitalized  as leasehold  improvements  and are amortized  over the
shorter  of the  remaining  lease term or the  useful  life of the  asset.  Upon
disposal,  the appropriate asset cost and accumulated  depreciation are retired.
Gains  and  losses  on  disposition  are  included  in  earnings.  Property  and
equipment,  net,  at  January  2,  1999 and  January  3, 1998  consisted  of the
following:

- - ----------------------------- ---------------- ----------------
                                    1998              1997
- - ----------------------------- ---------------- ----------------
Land and buildings             $18,731,000      $18,455,000 
Leasehold improvements           5,578,000        5,391,000 
Equipment and fixtures          33,266,000       33,537,000 
- - ----------------------------- ---------------- ----------------
                                57,575,000       57,383,000 
Less accumulated
   depreciation and
   amortization                (35,888,000)     (34,704,000)
- - ----------------------------- ---------------- ----------------
Property and equipment, net    $21,687,000      $22,679,000 
============================= ================ ================


<PAGE>



Other noncurrent assets
       Other noncurrent  assets at January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998 consisted
of the following:

- - ---------------------------- ----------------- ----------------
                                    1998              1997
- - ---------------------------- ----------------- ----------------
Long term software, net          $1,393,000        $1,299,000
Goodwill, net                      836,000           891,000
Other intangibles, net             318,000           409,000
Other                              977,000          1,183000
- - ---------------------------- ----------------- ----------------
Total                            $3,524,000        $3,782,000
============================ ================= ================

Accounts payable
       Accounts  payable  includes  $8,225,000 and $7,583,000 at January 2, 1999
and January 3, 1998,  respectively,  of issued  checks that have not cleared the
Company's disbursing bank accounts.

Retail repositioning reserve
       Estimated  repositioning  and  termination  expenses  associated with the
closure,  replacement  or  disposal  of stores,  consisting  primarily  of lease
payments,  charges  to reduce  assets  to net  realizable  value  and  severance
payments, are charged to operating and administrative expenses upon the decision
to close,  replace or dispose of a store as soon as the amounts  are  reasonably
estimated.  Due to inherent  uncertainties in estimating these repositioning and
termination  costs,  it is at  least  reasonably  possible  that  the  Company's
estimates may change in the near term.

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information
       Interest  and  taxes  paid  included  in the  Company's  cash  flow  from
operations were as follows:

- - ----------------- ------------- ------------- ---------------
                      1998          1997           1996
- - ----------------- ------------- ------------- ---------------
Interest paid      $  822,000   $   878,000    $  873,000
Taxes paid          4,956,000     5,911,000     4,071,000
- - ----------------- ------------- ------------- ---------------

Use of estimates
       The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Advertising costs
       Costs incurred for producing and communicating  advertising are generally
expensed when incurred.

New accounting pronouncements
       In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued Statement
No. 131,  "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,"
which the  Company  has  adopted  for its fiscal  1998.  The  Company's  segment
reporting  data are  incorporated  in  these  notes  to  consolidated  financial
statements identified as item (13).
       In March  1998,  the AICPA  issued  Statement  of  Position  (SOP)  98-1,
"Accounting  For the Costs of Computer  Software  Developed  For or Obtained For
Internal Use". SOP 98-1,  which the Company is required to adopt in fiscal 1999,
requires  the  capitalization  of certain  costs  incurred  in  connection  with
developing or obtaining  internal use software.  The Company currently  expenses
all internal software-related costs as incurred. The Company does not anticipate
this SOP 98-1 to have any material effect on its financial statements.

Reclassifications
       Certain 1997 and 1996 amounts previously  reported have been reclassified
to conform to the 1998 presentation.

(3)    Acquisition
       In 1997,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of two
retail  supermarkets  located in the  greater  Appleton,  Wisconsin  area from a
competitor  for  $2,701,000  in cash.  The  acquisition  was  accounted for as a
purchase.   Accordingly,   the  assets  of  the  acquired   retail  stores  were
incorporated  with the Company's  consolidated  balance  sheets as of January 3,
1998.  The purchase  price was  allocated  based upon the  relative  fair market
values of assets acquired. The excess of the purchase price over assets acquired
approximated  $900,000  and is  currently  being  amortized  over 15 years.  The
Company financed the acquisition solely through working capital from operations.
One of the stores  opened as a corporate  store in November  1997 and the second
store was remodeled and opened, also as a corporate store, in August 1998.

(4)    Long-Term Debt
       The Company has a loan agreement  providing  unsecured  revolving  credit
facilities  totaling  $16,000,000  through  April  30,  2001.  This  arrangement
provides for borrowings at rates not to exceed the bank's prime rate.  There are
no compensating balance requirements. There were no borrowings outstanding under
this  agreement  during  1998 or 1997.  

       Long-term  debt at January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998  consisted  of the
following:
<PAGE>

 ------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1998          1997
 ------------------------------------------------------------
 Mortgage note, 9.675%, due in
    monthly installments of
    $33,026 including interest
    due through June 2012        $2,990,000     $3,091,000 
 Land contract, 10.0%, due in
    annual installments of
    $33,333 through March 2003
                                    167,000        200,000 
 Term note, 9.91%, due in
    quarterly installments of
    $55,000 through June 1998             -         75,000 
 -----------------------------------------------------------
                                  3,157,000      3,366,000 
 Less current maturities           (136,000)      (201,000)
- - ------------------------------------------------------------
 Long-term debt                  $3,021,000     $3,165,000 
 ===========================================================

       At January 2, 1999, the fair value of the financial  instruments were not
materially different from the carrying value. The revolving credit and term note
agreements contain various covenants including, among others, the maintenance of
defined working capital,  net worth  requirements,  certain  debt-equity ratios,
restrictions  against  pledging  of  or  liens  upon  certain  assets,  mergers,
significant changes in ownership and limitations on restricted payments.
       The total amount of  long-term  debt due in each of the fiscal years 1999
through  2003 will be  $136,000,  $156,000,  $168,000,  $182,000  and  $197,000,
respectively,  and $2,318,000 from 2004 to 2012.  Interest expense  consisted of
the following:

 ------------------------------------------------------------
                        1998          1997         1996
 ------------------------------------------------------------
 Interest on
    long-term debt    $315,000      $350,000     $383,000
 Imputed
    interest-capital   473,000       497,000      484,000
    leases
 Other                  28,000            -            - 
- - -------------------------------------------------------------
 Interest expense     $816,000      $847,000     $867,000
 ============================================================

(5)    Income Taxes
       The  difference  between the  statutory  federal  income tax rate and the
effective rate is summarized as follows:

- - -------------------------------------------------------------
                              1998       1997        1996
- - -------------------------------------------------------------
Federal income tax             34.2%      34.1%       34.0%
State income taxes, net
   of federal income tax
   benefit                      5.2        5.2         5.3
Other, net                     (0.6)      (0.8)       (0.8)
- - -------------------------------------------------------------
Effective income tax rate      38.8%      38.5%       38.5%
=============================================================

       Components of provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 -----------------------------------------------------------
                        1998         1997          1996
 -----------------------------------------------------------
 Currently payable
    Federal         $4,611,000   $4,433,000    $3,804,000 
    States           1,041,000      957,000       869,000 
 Deferred             (254,000)    (609,000)     (626,000)
 -----------------------------------------------------------
 Provision for
 income taxes       $5,398,000   $4,781,000    $4,047,000 
 ===========================================================

       The components of deferred  income tax assets and  liabilities at January
2, 1999 and January 3, 1998 were as follows:

 -----------------------------------------------------------
                                    1998          1997
 -----------------------------------------------------------
 Deferred income tax assets:
   Bad debt reserve              $1,677,000    $1,541,000 
   Accrued insurance              1,170,000     1,050,000 
   Capital lease accounting         712,000       694,000 
   Vacation pay                     629,000       570,000 
   Retail repositioning reserve     267,000       238,000 
   Other                          1,130,000     1,161,000 
 -----------------------------------------------------------
 Total deferred income tax 
    assets                        5,585,000     5,254,000 
 -----------------------------------------------------------
 Deferred income tax
 liabilities:
    Property and equipment       (1,975,000)   (1,945,000)
    Pension                         (65,000)     (186,000)
 -----------------------------------------------------------
 Total deferred income tax
    liabilities                  (2,040,000)   (2,131,000)
 -----------------------------------------------------------
 Net deferred income tax asset   $3,545,000    $3,123,000 
 ===========================================================

       The Company  currently has no requirements for a valuation  allowance for
its deferred income tax assets.  The net deferred income tax asset as of January
2, 1999 and January 3, 1998 were classified in the balance sheet as follows:

- - -------------------------------- -------------- -------------
                                     1998           1997
- - -------------------------------- -------------- -------------
Current deferred income tax
   asset                          $4,376,000     $4,131,000 
Noncurrent deferred income tax
   liability                        (831,000)    (1,008,000)
- - -------------------------------- -------------- -------------
Net deferred income tax asset     $3,545,000     $3,123,000 
================================ ============== =============

(6)    Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
       The  Company  has  projected  capital  expenditures  for  fiscal  1999 at
$3,300,000. Commitments approximating $750,000 were made as of January 2, 1999.
       As of  January  2,  1999,  the  Company  was  contingently  liable  under
guarantees of bank note agreements of wholesale customers totaling  $16,051,000.
All of the loan guarantees are  substantially  collateralized,  principally with

<PAGE>

equipment and inventory, and to a lesser extent, with building facilities.

(7)    Retirement Plans

       The Company has a trusteed retirement savings defined  contribution plan,
which includes  provisions of Section  401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code, for
the benefit of its non-union eligible employees.  Annual provisions are based on
a mandatory 5% of eligible  participant  compensation and additional  amounts at
the sole  discretion of the Board of Directors.  Provisions for the three fiscal
years  ended  1998,  1997  and  1996  were  $890,000,   $835,000  and  $793,000,
respectively.  The plan allows  participants to make pretax  contributions.  The
Company  then  matches  certain  percentages  of  employee  contributions.   The
Company's matching  contributions for 1998, 1997 and 1996 were $82,000,  $79,000
and $71,000,  respectively. 
       The Company has union-administered  multi-employer pension plans covering
all hourly paid employees represented by collective bargaining agreements. Total
pension expense was $1,616,000,  $1,456,000 and $1,564,000 in fiscal years 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.  Complete information with respect to the Company's
portion of plan net assets and the actuarial  present value of accumulated  plan
benefits is not available.

(8)    Leases

       The Company leases most of its retail stores under lease  agreements with
original lease periods of 15 to 20 years and typically  with  five-year  renewal
options.  Exercise of such options is dependent on, among  others,  the level of
business  conducted at the location.  Executory  costs,  such as maintenance and
real estate taxes, are generally the Company's responsibility.  In a majority of
situations,  the Company  will enter into a lease for a store and  sublease  the
store to a wholesale customer.  Additionally,  the Company leases transportation
equipment, principally tractors and trailers, corporate office space and certain
office  equipment.  Some leases contain  contingent  rental  provisions based on
sales volume at retail  stores or miles  traveled  for  tractors  and  trailers.
Contingent  rental  expense  associated  with the Company's  capital  leases and
sublease income was not material to the Company's financial statements.
       Capitalized  leases were calculated  using interest rates  appropriate at
the inception of each lease. A summary of real property  utilized by the Company
under capital leases at January 2, 1999 and January 3, 1998 was as follows:

 -------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1998          1997
 -------------------------------------------------------------
 Investments in leased property
    under capital leases           $5,264,000    $5,264,000 
 Less accumulated amortization     (2,765,000)   (2,478,000)
 -------------------------------------------------------------
 Property under capital leases,   
    net                            $2,499,000    $2,786,000 
 =============================================================

       Amortization  of  leased  property  under  capital  leases,  included  in
operating  and  administrative  expenses,  amounted to  $287,000,  $287,000  and
$273,000 in fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
       The  following  is a schedule  of future  minimum  lease  payments  under
capital  leases and  subleases  and the  present  value of such  payments  as of
January 2, 1999:

 ------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Capital        Capital
                                    lease        sublease
                                 obligations    receivables
 ------------------------------------------------------------
 1999                            $ 1,884,000    $ 1,189,000 
 2000                              1,841,000      1,126,000 
 2001                              1,841,000      1,127,000 
 2002                              1,841,000      1,127,000 
 2003                              1,852,000      1,137,000 
 2004-2009                         8,744,000      5,740,000 
 ------------------------------------------------------------
 Total minimum lease payments     18,003,000     11,446,000 
 Less interest                    (7,583,000)    (4,932,000)
 ------------------------------------------------------------
 Present value of minimum
    lease payments and amounts
    receivable                    10,420,000      6,514,000 
 Less current portion               (656,000)      (407,000)
 ------------------------------------------------------------
 Long-term obligations and
    receivable                   $ 9,764,000    $ 6,107,000 
 ============================================================

       The  following is a schedule of future  minimum lease  payments  required
under operating leases for retail stores,  transportation  equipment,  corporate
office space and office equipment that have noncancelable  lease terms in excess
of one year as of January 2, 1999:

- - ------------------------------------- -----------------------
                                        $   10,031,000 
1999
2000                                         9,596,000 
2001                                         9,058,000 
2002                                         9,088,000 
2003                                         8,919,000 
2004-2017                                   79,142,000 
- - ------------------------------------- -----------------------

                                           125,834,000 
Total minimum lease payments
Lease minimum amounts receivable
  under noncancelable subleases            (94,826,000)
- - ------------------------------------- -----------------------
Net minimum lease payments              $   31,008,000 
- - ------------------------------------- -----------------------
<PAGE>

       Rental expenses,  net of rental income from subleases,  for all operating
leases  amounted to $4,589,000,  $3,912,000 and $3,813,000 in fiscal years 1998,
1997 and 1996,  respectively.  These amounts  include  $957,000,  $1,029,000 and
$1,012,000, respectively, for contingent rentals.

(9)    Stock Option Plans
       The Company has stock option plans which  provide for the grant of either
incentive or nonqualified stock options to key employees.  The exercise price of
each option is equal to the market price of the  Company's  stock on the date of
grant.  Options  granted are  exercisable for seven years from the date of grant
and vest ratably over the first three years.  Such vesting may be accelerated by
the Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors or upon a change in control
of the Company, as defined by the plans.
       Financial  Accounting  Standard (FAS) No. 123 allows entities to continue
to apply the provisions of APB 25 and provide pro forma net income and pro forma
earnings per share disclosures for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and
future years as if the fair  value-based  method defined in FAS No. 123 has been
applied. In fiscal 1996, the Company adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS
No. 123. Had the Company determined compensation cost based on the fair value at
the grant date for its stock  options  under SFAS No.  123,  the  Company's  net
earnings would have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts below:

- - ----------------- ------------- -------------- -------------
                      1998          1997           1996
- - ----------------- ------------- -------------- -------------
Net earnings
  As reported       $8,518,000    $7,637,000     $6,465,000
  Pro forma          8,181,000     7,417,000      6,305,000
- - ----------------- ------------- -------------- -------------
Earnings per
 share-diluted
  As reported            $1.23         $1.06          $0.90
  Pro forma               1.18          1.04           0.88
================= ============= ============== =============

       Since the compensation cost is reflected over the vesting period of three
years and compensation  cost for options granted prior to January 1, 1995 is not
considered,  the full impact of calculating the compensation cost under SFAS No.
123 is not  reflected in the pro forma net earnings  presented  above.  The fair
value  of each  option  grant  is  estimated  on the  date of  grant  using  the
Black-Scholes   option-pricing   model  with  the  following   weighted  average
assumptions used for grants in 1998, 1997 and 1996:

- - ------------------------- ---------- ----------- -----------
                            1998        1997        1996
- - ------------------------- ---------- ----------- -----------
Dividend yield               2.00%      2.06%       2.50%
Expected volatility         26.81%     25.62%      20.92%
Risk-free interest rate      5.49%      6.36%       5.35%
Expected term of grant    5.5 years  5.5 years   6.0 years
========================= ========== =========== ===========

       As of January 2, 1999,  no incentive  stock  options  have been  granted.
Following  is a summary  of the status of  nonqualified  stock  options  for the
fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996:

- - ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------
                                                 Weighted
                                  Number         average
                                 of shares       exercise
                                                  prices
- - ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------
Shares under option at
  December 30, 1995               705,549         $ 5.15
   Granted                        132,900          10.50
   Exercised                     (166,950)          5.13
   Forfeited                       (2,799)          5.09
- - ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------
Shares under option at
  December 28, 1996               668,700           6.22
   Granted                        143,700           9.67
   Exercised                     (173,100)          4.72
- - ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------
Shares under option at
  January 3, 1998                 639,300           7.40
   Granted                        151,500          15.00
   Exercised                     (118,050)          6.83
- - ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------
Shares under option at
  January 2, 1999                 672,750           9.21
============================== ============== ===============
Shares reserved for grant at
  January 2, 1999                 221,400 
============================== ============== ===============
Options granted in
  January 1999                    165,700         $16.13
============================== ============== ===============

       When options were  exercised,  the Company  realized  certain  income tax
benefits.  These benefits resulted in a decrease in current income taxes payable
and a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.
       Exercise prices for options outstanding as of January 2, 1999 ranged from
$4.42 to  $15.00.  The  weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life of these
options is approximately 4 1/2 years.  Nonqualified stock options outstanding at
January 2, 1999 were exercisable for 402,750 shares.

(10)   Preferred Stock
       The Company has 3,000  shares of  preferred  stock  authorized.  Prior to
1995,  all of the shares were issued and  outstanding.  In fiscal years 1995 and
1996, the Company repurchased all of the shares issued. Therefore, at January 2,
1999 and  January  3,  1998,  no shares  of  preferred  stock  were  issued  nor
outstanding.

<PAGE>

       The  Company  also has  1,000,000  shares  of  $0.05  par  value  class B
preferred  stock  authorized,  none of which has been  issued.  These shares are
issuable in such series and with such relative  rights and preferences as may be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

(11)   Common Stock
       On July 25,  1997,  the Board of  Directors  authorized  a  three-for-two
common stock split,  effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend distributed on
September 5, 1997 to  shareholders  of record on August 20, 1997. All historical
share  amounts,  per share  amounts,  stock option data and market prices of the
Company's  common  stock  prior to the  dividend  distribution  date  have  been
restated to retroactively reflect the stock split.
       Prior to January 6, 1999,  common shares issued and issuable included one
associated  common stock purchase right which entitled  shareholders to purchase
one share of common stock from the Company at an exercise  price  equivalent  to
$14 per share. The rights became exercisable after a person acquired  beneficial
ownership of 20% or more of the Company's  common stock. The rights did not have
any voting  rights and would have been redeemed at a price of $0.0067 per right.
On January 6, 1999, these rights expired pursuant to their terms.

(12)   Earnings Per Share
       Basic  earnings  per share is computed by  dividing  net  earnings by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock  outstanding  during the year.
Diluted  earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted
average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock   outstanding  and  common  stock
equivalents  during the year. Common stock equivalents used in computing diluted
earnings per share related to stock options  which,  if exercised,  would have a
dilutive effect on earnings per share.
       The Company's  calculations  of earnings per share-basic and earnings per
share-diluted were as follows:

- - ------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------
                       1998         1997          1996
- - ------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------
Net earnings
 available for
 common
 shareholders        $8,518,000   $7,637,000   $6,465,000
Weighted average
 shares
 outstanding          6,749,000    6,871,000    6,944,000
Earnings per
 share-basic              $1.26        $1.11        $0.93
- - ------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------
Net earnings
 available for
 common
 shareholders        $8,518,000   $7,637,000   $6,465,000
Weighted average
 shares
 outstanding          6,749,000    6,871,000    6,944,000
Stock options'
 dilutive effect        174,000      277,000      243,000
Weighted average
 shares and
 equivalents
 outstanding          6,923,000    7,148,000    7,187,000
Earnings per
 share-diluted            $1.23        $1.06        $0.90
- - ------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------

(13)   Segment Reporting
       In June 1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB) issued
Statement No. 131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments of An  Enterprise  and Related
Information,"  which the  Company  has  adopted  for its fiscal  1998.  Based on
management  responsibility,  the Company has identified  two business  segments,
wholesale and retail, in which it operates.
       The  wholesale  segment  represents  the  Company's  business  activities
relating  to food  wholesale  distribution.  At  January 2,  1999,  the  Company
provided  products to 68 franchised  units, 18 corporate  stores and a number of
independent   retail  stores.   The  wholesale  segment  includes   warehousing,
transportation  and  other  logistical  functions,   and  derives  its  revenues
primarily  from the  sale of  groceries,  produce,  dairy,  meat  and  cigarette
products  to  the  Company's   franchised,   corporate  and  independent  retail
customers.  The retail  segment  relates  to the  Company's  retail  supermarket
activities. Revenues are realized through the sale of groceries, dairy, produce,
meat,  bakery,  deli and other  merchandise  by the Company's  corporate  retail
stores to retail consumers.
       The  accounting  policies  of the  two  segments  are the  same as  those
described  in the Summary of  Significant  Accounting  Policies.  The  Company's
management  utilizes  several  measurement  tools in evaluating  each  segment's
performance and each segment's  resource  requirements.  However,  the principal
measurement  tools are  consistent  with the  Company's  consolidated  financial
statements and accordingly are reported on a similar basis.  Wholesale operating
profits on sales  through the  Company's  corporate  stores are allocated to the
retail  segment.  The  "corporate"  heading  includes  corporate-related  items,
principally cash and equivalents. As it relates to operating income, "corporate"
heading includes corporate-related items allocated to the appropriate segments.
<PAGE>

       Summarized  financial  information  concerning  the Company's  reportable
segments is shown in the following table (in thousands).

- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Sales                        1998         1997         1996
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Wholesale sales          $ 404,047    $ 399,197    $ 382,354 
Intracompany sales        (123,912)    (107,988)    (103,886)
Net wholesale sales        280,135      291,209      278,468 
Retail sales               204,750      181,797      175,453 
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total                    $ 484,885    $ 473,006    $ 453,921 
======================== ============ ============ ============

- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating Income             1998         1997         1996
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Wholesale                $   9,749    $   9,029    $   8,499 
Retail                       3,741        3,079        2,038 
Total operating income
                            13,490       12,108       10,537 
Interest income              1,242        1,157          842 
Interest expense              (816)        (847)        (867)
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Earnings before income
   taxes                 $  13,916    $  12,418    $  10,512 
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------

- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Capital Expenditures         1998         1997         1996
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Wholesale                $    149     $    365     $     378 
Retail                      2,443        3,628         1,087 
Corporate                   1,255          875         1,955 
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total                    $  3,847     $  4,868     $   3,420 
======================== ============ ============ ============

- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Depreciation and
   Amortization              1998         1997         1996
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Wholesale                $     818    $     985    $     950 
Retail                       2,338        1,881        2,095 
Corporate                    1,919        1,651        1,406 
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total                    $   5,075    $   4,517    $   4,451 
======================== ============ ============ ============

- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Identifiable Assets          1998         1997         1996
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Wholesale                $  32,040    $  32,244    $  42,655 
Retail                      26,550       25,972       21,073 
Corporate                   46,506       40,650       34,476 
- - ------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total                    $ 105,096    $  98,866    $  98,204 
======================== ============ ============ ============




<PAGE>



Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information
       The Company  generally  includes  sixteen  weeks in its first quarter and
twelve weeks in each  subsequent  quarter.  In fiscal 1997,  the fourth  quarter
consisted  of  thirteen  weeks.   Summarized   quarterly  and  annual  financial
information for fiscal years 1998 and 1997 follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- - ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share                     Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 1999
data)
- - ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             First           Second            Third           Fourth            Year
- - --------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>     
Net sales                                   $142,142         $114,068         $112,550         $116,125         $484,885
Gross profit                                  23,063           18,450           18,091           18,466           78,070
Net earnings                                   1,711            2,025            1,994            2,788            8,518
Earnings per share - basic                      0.25             0.30             0.29             0.42             1.26
Earnings per share - diluted                    0.24             0.29             0.29             0.41             1.23
Weighted average shares and
  equivalents outstanding                      7,140            7,014            6,937            6,773            6,923
- - --------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------
<CAPTION>

- - ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share           Fiscal Year Ended January 3, 1998
data)
- - ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            First           Second            Third           Fourth            Year
- - -------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S>                                        <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>     
Net sales                                  $138,826         $109,844         $105,826         $118,510         $473,006
Gross profit                                 22,077           17,197           16,417           18,216           73,907
Net earnings                                  1,587            1,791            1,734            2,525            7,637
Earnings per share - basic                     0.23             0.26             0.25             0.37             1.11
Earnings per share - diluted                   0.22             0.25             0.24             0.35             1.06
Weighted average shares and
  equivalents outstanding                     7,104            7,051            7,026            7,293            7,255
- - -------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
</TABLE>

Common Stock Information
       The Company's common stock is traded over-the-counter on the Nasdaq Stock
Market under the symbol SAVO. There are approximately  1,000 beneficial  holders
of the Company's  common stock.  An analysis of the high and low last sale stock
prices by quarter and for the last three years are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- - ------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
                     First                 Second                  Third                 Fourth                  Year
- - ------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
               High        Low        High        Low         High        Low        High        Low        High        Low
- - ------------ ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
<S>            <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>   
1998           $17.75      $15.00      $17.50     $15.50      $16.00      $15.13     $16.50      $15.50     $17.75      $15.00
1997            11.50        9.33       12.50      10.67       17.00       12.25      16.50       15.13      17.00        9.33
1996            11.00        9.33       10.00       8.17        9.00        8.17      10.00        8.67      11.00        8.17
- - ------------ ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------

     Cash dividends paid per share were:
<CAPTION>

- - ---------------- ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
                       First             Second              Third             Fourth              Year
- - ---------------- ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
<S>                    <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                 <C>  
1998                   $0.07              $0.07             $0.08              $0.08               $0.30
1997                    0.06               0.07              0.07               0.07                0.27
1996                    0.05               0.05              0.07               0.07                0.24
- - ---------------- ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
</TABLE>
       Under the  Company's  loan  agreements,  approximately  $11.9  million of
retained  earnings  were  available  for the  payment of cash  dividends,  stock
repurchases and other restricted payments at January 2, 1999.

o      1997 and 1996 stock prices and dividend information have been adjusted to
       reflect the three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a 50% stock
       dividend on September 5, 1997.



<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain matters discussed in this press release are "forward-looking statements"
intended to qualify  for the safe  harbors  from  liability  established  by the
Private  Securities   Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  These  forward-looking
statements  can  generally  be  identified  as such  because  the context of the
statement  will  include  words such as the Company  "believes,"  "anticipates,"
"expects" or words of similar  import.  Similarly,  statements that describe the
Company's future plans, objectives, strategies or goals are also forward-looking
statements.  Such  forward-looking  statements  are subject to certain risks and
uncertainties  including,  but not limited,  to the  following:  (1) presence of
intense  competitive  market activity in the Company's market areas; (2) ability
to  identify  and develop  new market  locations  for  expansion  purposes;  (3)
continuing  ability to obtain  reasonable vendor marketing funds for promotional
purposes; (4) ongoing advancing information technology requirements; (5) ongoing
nominal food price inflation;  (6) the Company's ability to continue to recruit,
train and retain quality franchise and corporate retail store operators; and (7)
the potential  recognition  of  repositioning  charges  resulting from potential
closures, conversions and consolidations of retail stores due principally to the
competitive  nature of the industry and to the quality of the  Company's  retail
store operators.  Shareholders,  potential investors and other readers are urged
to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements
and  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  such   forward-looking
statements.  The forward-looking  statements made herein are only made as of the
date of this report and the Company  undertakes no obligation to publicly update
such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

Results of Operations

The following  table sets forth  certain  items from the Company's  Consolidated
Statements of Earnings as a percent of net sales and the year-to-year percentage
changes in the amounts of such line items.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- - -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- --- ---------------------------------
                                                     Percent of net sales                            Percentage change
- - -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- --- ---------------------------------
                                                                                                   1998             1997
                                            1998             1997             1996               vs. 1997         vs. 1996
- - -------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- --- ---------------- ----------------
<S>                                          <C>              <C>              <C>                 <C>                <C>  
Net sales                                    100.0%           100.0%           100.0%              2.5%               4.2% 
Cost of products sold                         83.9%            84.4%            84.0%              1.9%               4.6% 
Operating and administrative expenses                                                                              
                                              13.3%            13.1%            13.6%              4.5%              (0.2%)
Earnings before income taxes                   2.9%             2.6%             2.3%             12.1%              18.1% 
Net earnings                                   1.8%             1.6%             1.4%             11.5%              18.1% 
- - -------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- --- ---------------- ----------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                  1998 vs. 1997

Net Sales

       Net sales for the 52-week  period ended January 2, 1999 increased 2.5% to
$484.9 million,  compared to $473.0 million for the 53-week period ended January
3, 1998. Sales for 1998,  adjusted for the extra week in fiscal 1997,  increased
4.5%  compared to the prior  year.  Fiscal 1998 sales  surpassed  the  Company's
previous  record sales for a 52-week year.  While the Company's total sales were
$484.9 million in 1998,  the Company's  "virtual  chain" of 86 stores  generated
retail volume approximating $730 million in 1998.
       Wholesale  sales in 1998  increased 1.2% to $404.0  million,  compared to
$399.2 million in 1997. On a comparative  52-week  period,  1998 wholesale sales
increased  3.2% over  1997.  The  improvement  in  wholesale  sales  volume  was
principally  attributable to the opening of one new corporate store in Appleton,
Wisconsin in October  1997;  the  replacement  of two  noncompetitive  corporate
Appleton  stores  with  expanded  and  remodeled   facilities  as  part  of  the
acquisition from a competitor;  the opening of one new market store in Poynette,
Wisconsin in January 1998; and the completion of franchise  facility projects in
Howards  Grove,  Waupaca and Lomira,  Wisconsin  in 1998.  Wholesale  sales was,
however,  negatively impacted by the closure of the Plover facility in September
1997 and the  conversion  of one Oshkosh  store from  franchise  to corporate in
October 1997.  There are currently six additional  facility  projects in various
phases of planning or construction,  with completions  scheduled  throughout the
first six months of 1999. These projects involve four major franchise  expansion
projects in Beaver Dam, Kiel, Crivitz and Randolph,  Wisconsin;  one replacement
franchise store in Fort Atkinson,  Wisconsin;  and one new market franchise unit
in Cottage Grove,  Wisconsin.  The four expansion stores, upon completion,  will
increase their aggregate square footage of selling space by  approximately  40%.
Based on the  Company's  internal  wholesale  price  index,  except for  tobacco
products, inflation did not have a significant effect on sales between years.
       Retail sales improved 12.6% to $204.8 million in 1998, compared to $181.8
million in 1997. On a comparative  52-week  period,  1998 retail sales increased
14.8%  compared to fiscal  1997.  The  improvement  in retail  sales  volume was
principally  attributable  to the  opening of the three new  Appleton  corporate
stores.  This improvement  was,  however,  offset by the two closed stores.  The
Company's retail sales volume was also positively  impacted by the Oshkosh store
that was converted from franchise to corporate in October 1997. Finally,  during
fiscal  1998,  the Company  continued  to  recognize  the benefits of the Piggly
Wiggly Preferred  Club(R)  electronic card marketing  program.  This unique card
marketing program continues to grant special incentives to higher purchase level
shoppers  and it  continues  to reward  customers  with weekly  savings  without
clipping  in-ad  coupons.  Additionally,  customers are  encouraged to return to
Piggly  Wiggly  supermarkets  with special  "Pig Deal" next trip savings  offers
issued automatically by participating manufacturers. This card marketing program
is available to all of the Company's "virtual chain" stores.

Cost of Products Sold
       Cost of products sold, as a percent of sales,  decreased 0.5% to 83.9% in
1998 from 84.4% in 1997.  This decrease was a direct result of increased  higher
margin  corporate  retail  sales  due  principally  to the  net  one  additional
corporate store in Appleton and the additional  corporate store in Oshkosh since
October  1997.  Lower  margin  net  wholesale  sales  as a  percentage  of sales
decreased to 57.8% compared to 61.6% in 1997.  Conversely,  higher margin retail
sales as a percentage  of sales  increased  to 42.2%  compared to 38.4% in 1997.
Based solely on current franchise projects outstanding,  the Company anticipates
the wholesale sales percentage to increase nominally in 1999.

Operating and Administrative Expenses
       Fiscal 1998  operating and  administrative  expenses,  as a percentage of
sales,  increased to 13.3%, compared to 13.1% in 1997. This increase of 0.2%, or
$2.8 million, was principally attributable to higher operating expenses relating
to the  additional  stores in Appleton  and  Oshkosh.  Fiscal 1998  depreciation
attributable to retail increased to $2.3 million from $1.9 million in 1997. This
increase  in  retail   operating   expenses  was   partially   offset  by  lower
administrative  expenses in the wholesale segment.  During 1998, particularly in
the last two quarters,  the Company  experienced  lower  provisions  for workers
compensation  and general  liability  due to reduced  frequency  and severity of
claims. The Company's

<PAGE>

overall experience ratio has improved due to improved loss control programs.
       Due to the highly competitive  nature of the industry,  certain franchise
operators  and  corporate  retail  stores  continue  to  experience  operational
difficulties  in  their  respective  marketplaces.  As  a  result,  the  Company
continues   to  incur   receivable   realization   charges   from  a  number  of
underperforming  franchise  operators.  During fiscal 1998, the Company incurred
realization  charges  relating  to  wholesale  bad  debts and  retail  subsidies
totaling  $1.5  million,  compared  to $2.0  million in 1997.  Although  certain
franchise  retail  operations have improved,  the Company  continues to evaluate
various business  initiatives  relating to the operations of its underperforming
stores.  These  initiatives  include,  but are not  limited  to,  the  sale  and
subsequent  conversion of these stores, the closure of these supermarkets or the
implementation of other operational changes. As with prior years, implementation
of  any  of  these  options  can  result  in  the  Company   incurring   certain
repositioning  or  restructuring  charges  involving  the  termination  costs of
replaced,  closed or sold stores.  These actions can negatively  impact earnings
results in the short-term,  but the Company believes that such actions will help
improve   the   Company's   long-term   profitability.   Fiscal  1998  and  1997
repositioning charges totaled $0.2 million and $1.1 million,  respectively.  The
fiscal 1998 repositioning  costs were principally  attributable to the occupancy
costs of closing and terminating two franchise  operations in Wisconsin.  Fiscal
1997  repositioning  charges were more  significant  due principally to the $0.7
million costs relating to the Company's  closing of the Plover  franchised store
and the $0.3 million charge for closing the Company's two noncompetitive  stores
in Appleton.

Net Earnings
       The  Company's  fiscal 1998  operating  income  increased  11.4% to $13.5
million, compared to $12.1 million in 1997. After allocating wholesale operating
profits on sales through the Company's  corporate stores to the Company's retail
segment, the wholesale segment recognized $9.7 million in operating income while
the retail segment  recognized $3.7 million.  Fiscal 1998 earnings before income
taxes increased 12.1% to $13.9 million,  compared to $12.4 million in 1997. As a
percent of sales,  earnings  before income taxes  increased to 2.9% in 1998 from
2.6% in 1997.
       Net earnings for 1998 increased  11.5% to $8.5 million,  compared to $7.6
million in 1997. With continuing  improvements  in sales and  productivity,  the
Company's net  earnings-to-sales  ratio for 1998  improved to 1.8%,  compared to
1.6% for fiscal 1997. The Company's net earnings-to-sales  ratio ranks as one of
the best in its industry. Additionally, the Company has had earnings performance
of 24  consecutive  quarters  showing  increased  earnings over the prior year's
quarter.
       Diluted  earnings per share  increased 16.0% to $1.23 from $1.06 in 1997.
On a  percentage  basis,  diluted  earnings  per share  increased  more than net
earnings due to additional  share  repurchases  in fiscal 1998 which reduced the
weighted average shares and equivalents outstanding.

                                  1997 vs. 1996

Net Sales
       Net sales for the 53-week  period ended January 3, 1998 increased 4.2% to
$473.0 million, compared to $453.9 million for the 52-week period ended December
28, 1996.  Sales,  adjusted for the extra week in fiscal  1997,  increased  2.3%
compared to 1996.  Wholesale  volume in 1997 increased  4.4% to $399.2  million,
compared  to $382.4  million  in 1996.  Retail  sales  increased  3.6% to $181.8
million in 1997,  compared to $175.5  million in 1996. On a comparative  52 week
period,  1997 wholesale and retail sales increased 2.4% and 1.7%,  respectively,
from 1996.  The  improvement  in sales  volume in 1997 was  attributable  to the
increased  business  volume  resulting  from the October 1997  completion of the
two-year  implementation  of the Piggly Wiggly  Preferred Club  electronic  card
marketing  program.   Fiscal  1997  sales  also  benefited  from  additions  and
enhancements  to the Company's  "virtual chain" base of franchised and corporate
supermarkets.  In April 1997, the Company  converted an independent  operator in
Milton,  Wisconsin from a competing  wholesaler  into a Piggly Wiggly  franchise
unit.  In October  1997,  the Company  converted  a  franchise  unit in Oshkosh,
Wisconsin into a corporate retail  supermarket.  During fiscal 1997, the Company
also completed one new market  corporate  store, one new market franchise store,
one  replacement  franchise  store and three  additions  to  existing  franchise
stores.

<PAGE>

These completed projects added approximately  115,000 of aggregate store selling
space.  In fiscal  1997,  sales were  negatively  impacted  by  closures  of two
underperforming  corporate stores and one underperforming franchise unit and the
impact of additional  competitive activity due to new stores in certain markets.
At January 3, 1998, the Company had 68 franchised and 18 corporate supermarkets,
compared to 68 franchised and 16 corporate stores at December 28 ,1996. Based on
the  Company's  internal  wholesale  price  index,  inflation  did  not  have  a
significant effect on sales between years.
       In the fall of 1997, the Company  acquired two operating  supermarkets in
the Menasha and Appleton,  Wisconsin market areas from a competitor. The Company
renovated  the Menasha store  subsequent to the purchase and the Company  opened
this corporate store in November 1997 and closed its  noncompetitive  south side
Appleton store. The Company then temporarily  closed the acquired Appleton store
for  renovation.  This newly renovated store was opened in August 1998. Upon its
completion,  the Company closed its  noncompetitive  north side Appleton  store.
These two replacement  corporate  supermarkets  aggregated 85,000 square feet of
store selling space,  an increase of 93% over the combined 44,000 square feet of
the closed units.

Cost of Products Sold
       Fiscal 1997 cost of products sold, as a percent of sales,  increased 0.4%
to 84.4%,  compared to 84.0% in 1996.  This  increase was  principally  a direct
result of the increased  ratio of lower margin  wholesale  sales to total sales.
The percentage of net wholesale sales to total sales increased to 61.6% in 1997,
compared to 61.3% in 1996.

Operating and Administrative Expenses
       Operating and administrative  expenses, as a percent of sales,  decreased
0.5% to 13.1% in 1997 from 13.6% in 1996.  Total  operating  and  administrative
expenses  in 1997  decreased  due  principally  to the  closing  of two  smaller
underperforming  corporate retail stores in the fall of 1996. Additionally,  the
Company  experienced  lower  provisions  for  self-insured  health and  casualty
programs due to reduced  frequency and severity of claims.  These decreases were
particularly  evident during the fourth quarter of 1997. Total  depreciation and
amortization  expense  between  years  were  comparable  at  approximately  $4.5
million.  However,  depreciation  attributable to retail  decreased by about 10%
between years due  principally  to the closures of two  corporate  stores in the
fall of 1996. Certain variable operating  expenses,  such as wages and salaries,
increased due to higher sales volume.
       Due  to  the  competitive  nature  of  the  industry,  certain  franchise
operators  and  corporate  retail  stores  continued to  experience  operational
difficulties  in  their  respective  marketplaces.  As  a  result,  the  Company
continued to incur significant  receivable  realization charges from a number of
underperforming  franchise  operators.  Total 1997 and 1996 realization  charges
relating to wholesale bad debts and retail  subsidies were $2.0 million and $2.3
million, respectively. For 1997 and 1996, retail repositioning and restructuring
charges amounted to $1.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The increase in
retail repositioning costs in 1997 compared to 1996 was principally attributable
to (1) the  closure  of an  underperforming  franchise  supermarket  in  Plover,
Wisconsin  during 1997 resulting in a $700,000 pretax charge to operations;  and
(2) the closing and  termination  costs  relating to two smaller  noncompetitive
corporate stores that were replaced by the two acquired stores from a competitor
resulting in a $300,000 pretax charge to operations.  Additionally,  the Company
incurred  charges  approximating  $300,000  relating to market  development  and
start-up costs due to the opening of the new market corporate store in Appleton,
Wisconsin and the conversion of the acquired Menasha supermarket into the Piggly
Wiggly format.

Net Earnings
       The Company's 1997 earnings  before income taxes increased 18.1% to $12.4
million,  compared  to $10.5  million in 1996.  As a percent of sales,  earnings
before  income  taxes  increased  to 2.6%  in 1997  from  2.3%  in  1996.  After
allocating to the retail segment the wholesale  operating  profits on sales made
to the Company's  corporate  stores,  the  wholesale  segment  contributed  $9.0
million  and  $8.5  million  to 1997  and 1996  pretax  earnings,  respectively.
Additionally,   retail  segment  contributed  $3.1  million  and  $2.0  million,
respectively,  to the 1997 and  1996  pretax  earnings.  Net  earnings  for 1997
increased  18.1% to $7.6 million  compared $6.5 million in 1996.  With continued
improvements   in   sales   volume   and   productivity,   the   Company's   net
earnings-to-sales
                                     
<PAGE>

ratio for 1997 improved to 1.6%, compared to 1.4% for 1996.  Additionally,  1997
diluted earnings per share increased 17.8% to $1.06 from $0.90 in 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
       The Company's  favorable 1998 operating  results continued to enhance its
strong financial  position.  During fiscal 1997, the primary source of liquidity
was cash generated  from  operations.  Total cash generated from  operations for
fiscal 1998 was $21.6 million,  compared to $8.2 million in 1997. Cash flow from
operations increased significantly between years due principally to the decrease
in outstanding receivables from franchise operators.  This was due in large part
to timing of cash  receipts  and the minimal  balance for  short-term  financing
support for purchase of facilities and equipment for new stores. In fiscal 1998,
the  balance of the  short-term  financing  support was less than  $100,000;  in
fiscal 1997, the balance was $2.4 million.  Although  inventory  levels based on
replacement  cost  increased by $2.6  million,  this  increment  overall did not
negatively  affect  cash flows due to the  corresponding  increase  in  accounts
payable.
       Net cash outflows for investing  activities  totaled $3.3 million in 1998
compared to $6.9 million in 1997. This decrease in outflows was  attributable to
the $2.7 million  outlay the Company  incurred in 1997 in  acquiring  two retail
stores from a competitor.  Additionally, total capital expenditures decreased to
$3.8  million in 1998,  compared to $4.9 million in 1997.  Of the total  capital
expenditures  of $3.8  million,  the Company  invested  $2.4  million for retail
upgrades.  For 1999, the Company's  capital budget is estimated at $3.3 million,
of which $750,000 has been committed as of January 2, 1999. Of this $3.3 million
total, the Company has allocated $1.5 million for retail upgrades,  $750,000 for
technology hardware and software,  and $325,000 for distribution  upgrades.  The
Company expects to finance these projects from internally generated capital.
       Net cash  outflows  for  financing  activities  were $7.1 million in 1998
compared to $6.0 million in 1997. Total stock repurchases was higher in 1998 due
in large part to a block  repurchase  of 235,000  shares  from an  affiliate  at
$14.50 per share.  In September  1998,  the Company  completed its existing $5.0
million stock  repurchase  program that commenced in January 1997.  This was the
Company's fourth  announced stock  repurchase  program over the past seven years
that have been fully completed by the Company.  The Company's Board of Directors
subsequently authorized a new stock repurchase program permitting the Company to
repurchase  up to an  additional  $5.0  million of its common stock from time to
time in the open  market,  pursuant to  privately  negotiated  transactions,  or
otherwise.  As of January 2, 1999, the full authorized  amount remains available
for stock  repurchase.  Since the first stock  repurchase  program  commenced in
January  1992,  the  Company  has  repurchased  over  2.2  million  shares,   or
approximately 25%, of its issued common stock.
       In summary, cash and equivalents for fiscal 1998 increased $11.2 million,
resulting in a year-end balance of $34.3 million. Of this year-end cash balance,
approximately $25 million was invested in short-term investments with maturities
of less than three  months,  such as taxable  money market funds and  commercial
paper  with  strong  credit  ratings.  The  Company  does  not use  any  form of
derivative securities for hedging or for other reasons.
       The Company is generally the prime lessee of new retail store facilities,
which it then subleases to independent  franchise operators.  All new facilities
in 1998 were  financed by  operating  lease  agreements  The Company also leases
transportation  equipment,  principally tractors and trailers,  corporate office
space and certain  office  equipment.  Some  leases  contain  contingent  rental
provisions  based on sales  volume  at  retail  stores  or  miles  traveled  for
transportation  equipment.  Contingent  rentals  for  1998 and  1997  were  both
approximately  $1.0 million.  At January 2, 1999, the Company had recorded $10.0
million of minimum lease payments  required to be paid under operating leases in
1999 and $6.5 million of amounts  receivable  under  noncancelable  subleases in
1999.  Additionally,  at  January  2,  1999,  the  Company  had $9.8  million of
long-term  capital  lease   obligations,   $6.1  million  of  which  represented
noncurrent receivables from wholesale customers under capital leases.
       The  Company  typically  provides  short-term  financing  support  to its
wholesale  customers  for the purchase of  facilities  and  equipment for new or
remodeled stores.  After being provided,  this financing support is subsequently
refinanced,  typically through banks, with the Company being reimbursed. As part
of the financing program, the Company had contingent liabilities under bank note
guarantees totaling $16.1 million at January 2, 1999. 

<PAGE>

All of the loan guarantees are  substantially  collateralized,  principally with
equipment and inventory and, to a lesser extent, with building facilities.
       At  January  2,  1999,  the  Company's  ratio  of  total  liabilities  to
shareholders'  investment was 0.98, which was very comparable to 0.96 at January
3, 1998. At January 2, 1999,  the Company had available the entire amount of its
unsecured revolving bank credit facilities totaling $16.0 million.
       The  Company  believes  its  cash,  working  capital  and  debt-to-equity
positions  continue to compare  very  favorably  to most  industry  competitors.
Additionally,  the Company  believes that its financial  condition and cash flow
from operations will continue to provide it with adequate long-term  flexibility
to finance  anticipated  capital  requirements  without adversely  impacting its
financial position or liquidity.

Year 2000 Issues
       The  Company  is  dependent  on  computer  hardware,  software  and other
business systems ("IT systems") and non-information  technology systems, such as
communication  equipment,  tractors  and  trailers,  refrigeration  controllers,
scales,  and  other  equipment  containing  embedded  microprocessor  technology
("non-IT  systems").  The  Company  uses these IT and non-IT  systems in several
critical operating areas including product procurement and merchandising, retail
store and warehouse  distribution  operations;  inventory  order entry and labor
management; and accounting, administrative and maintenance systems.
       In 1997, the Company began  evaluating its IT and non-IT systems in order
to identify and adjust date sensitive systems for year 2000 compliance.  As part
of this  undertaking,  the Company  established a team,  headed by the Company's
Vice President of Business Systems Support Group. The team is staffed  primarily
with internal  professionals  within the business systems group and some outside
consultants on an as-needed basis.  The team leader reports  periodically on the
year  2000  status  to the  Company's  Executive  Committee  and  its  Board  of
Directors.
       The team  developed  a plan to assess its IT and non-IT  systems for year
2000  compliance  requirements.  The plan consists of three main project phases:
(1) to make an  inventory  listing  of all IT and  non-IT  systems  that  may be
subject to the year 2000 issue along with an  assessment  as to the scope of the
issue as it related to these  systems;  (2) to  remediate  any and all year 2000
compliance problems;  and (3) to test, validate and implement systems subsequent
to remediation.
       At the end of the first  quarter of 1998,  the Company had  substantially
completed the first phase of the project.  An inventory list of all systems have
been  identified  and  documented.  Nearly  half  of all IT and  non-IT  systems
previously  identified  have also been  remediated  at this  time.  The  Company
believes it will complete all remaining remediation efforts for existing systems
over the next few months. Insofar as testing,  validation and implementation are
concerned, the Company has tested some of its core IT systems and has determined
that they are  projected to be year 2000  compliant by mid-1999.  With regard to
non-IT systems, the Company also expects these systems to be year 2000 compliant
in 1999.  The Company  estimates it will cost less than  $500,000 to become year
2000 compliant  approximately $350,000 of which will be charged to operations in
1999.
       As part of its year 2000  project,  the Company has  identified  business
relationships  with  third  parties,  including  suppliers,  vendors,  financial
institutions  and other  service  providers,  which  the  Company  believes  are
critical to its business  operations.  The Company has been  communicating  with
these third parties through  correspondence  and/or  interviews to ascertain the
extent to which they are  addressing  their  year 2000  compliance  issues.  The
Company will  continue to assess and monitor the progress of these third parties
in resolving year 2000 issues.  The Company  undertakes a certain amount of risk
by relying on the third parties' own year 2000 assessment.  Because of this, the
Company  believes that a key vendor's failure to resolve its year 2000 issues is
the most likely worst case  scenario for the Company.  Such failure could result
in the Company not being able to procure  products from a key vendor on a timely
basis.  The Company does not expect this most likely worst case scenario to have
a material  adverse  impact on its core  retail  and  wholesale  businesses  due
principally to the Company's network of alternative  suppliers and vendors.  The
Company will,  however,  develop  contingency plans to work with these key third
parties in 1999.

Company Business
       The  Company is engaged in  distributing  food and  related  products  at
wholesale and retail. At January 2, 
<PAGE>

1999, the Company  franchised 68 and operated 18 corporate  retail  supermarkets
under the Piggly  Wiggly name in its eastern and  northeastern  Illinois  market
areas.  In a 1998  agreement with Piggly Wiggly  Company,  owner of the national
Piggly Wiggly franchise, the Company expanded its exclusive geographic marketing
and operating  area to include all of  Wisconsin,  Michigan's  Upper  Peninsula,
portions of Minnesota and Iowa, and additional counties in Illinois.
       The  Company  is the  prime  supplier  to its  franchised  and  corporate
supermarkets.  The  Company  also  serves  as  a  wholesaler  to  other  smaller
independent  retail store in its market  areas.  The Company  supplies  grocery,
frozen food, dairy and produce to its customers  through its 364,000 square foot
distribution  center in Sheboygan,  Wisconsin.  Also,  the Company  provides its
customers with fresh,  froze and processed meats,  eggs and deli items through a
third party distribution facility in Milwaukee, Wisconsin on a contract basis.
       The Company employs approximately 1,700 persons, nearly 1,250 of whom are
employed in the corporate retail segment operations. A majority of the Company's
retail employees are employed on a part-time  basis. Of the Company's  remaining
employees,  approximately  210 are  engaged  in  warehousing,  distribution  and
trucking activities, and nearly 240 are corporate and administrative personnel.



                                                                      EXHIBIT 21



                          Subsidiary of the Registrant

       The only subsidiary of Schultz Sav-O Stores, Inc. is PW Trucking, Inc., a
Wisconsin corporation.





                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Schultz Sav-O Stores, Inc.:


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
reports,  included and  incorporated  by  reference in this Form 10-K,  into the
Company's previously filed Form S-8 Registration Statement, File No. 33-34991.



                                                        /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

                                                        ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Milwaukee, Wisconsin
March 26, 1999



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THE  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL   INFORMATION   EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS OF SCHULTZ SAV-O STORES,  INC. AS OF AND FOR
THE YEAR ENDED  JANUARY 2, 1999 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO
SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JAN-02-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-04-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   JAN-02-1999
<CASH>                                         34,334,000
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  6,233,000 <F1>
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0         <F1>
<INVENTORY>                                    23,951,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               71,279,000
<PP&E>                                         57,575,000
<DEPRECIATION>                                 35,888,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 105,096,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          38,395,000
<BONDS>                                        3,021,000
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       438,000
<OTHER-SE>                                     52,647,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   105,096,000
<SALES>                                        484,885,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               484,885,000
<CGS>                                          406,815,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  0            <F2>
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               64,580,000   <F2>
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0            <F2>
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             816,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                13,916,000
<INCOME-TAX>                                   5,398,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            8,518,000
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   8,518,000
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  1.26
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  1.23

<FN>
<F1> Net of "Allowances for doubtful accounts".
<F2> Amounts included in "Other costs and expenses".
</FN>
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission